lock & cylinders

309
Locks for narrow stile systems Locks

Upload: jceksa

Post on 11-Mar-2016

249 views

Category:

Documents


10 download

DESCRIPTION

Lock & Cylinders

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Lock & Cylinders

Locks for narrow stile systems

Locks

Page 2: Lock & Cylinders

Products of the G.U-Group for doors

Page 3: Lock & Cylinders

Security locks

Content

Contract mortise locks

4

Page 8 Page 14Page 12Page 10

1926 121812121974

1425 143014271426

1200 12151205PZ1200RF

1812 1828

Page 16 Page 22Page 20Page 18

Page 26 Page 32Page 30Page 28

Page 34 Page 36

Special locks

0007 1205SRHF1205SRH1205H

Page 40 Page 46Page 44Page 42

Page 4: Lock & Cylinders

Striking plates

Content

5

Page 50 Page 51Page 50Page 50

B9000 S401B9000B9000

Page 55 Page 57Page 56Page 56

S491

Page 57

S491

S491S491S491

Page 53 Page 55Page 54Page 54

S491 S491S491S491

Page 51 Page 53Page 52Page 52

S491 S491S412S412

Page 5: Lock & Cylinders

Product features

6

Automatic locking locks – Series 19Series 19 is the result of our consistent development of innovativeproducts. Based on series 21 now also for narrow stile doors withsmall backsets.

Performance characteristics such as automatic locking, burglary prevention,fire rated and emergency exit doors according to new European standardsprovide numerous possibilities in the development and equipment of narrowstile systems.

LatchboltAssures the best security as additional locking.The integrated lever allows the latchbolt toadvance automatically from 12 to 20 mm.

ForendAs fixing element of the lockwith the door.The various design scopes ofsurfaces and shapes must bespecified in the order.

Automatic deadboltProjects automatically by 20 mmand provides an improved lockingand security in combination withthe latchbolt.May also be manually locked incase of lock 1974. The handle isswitched to free running action.

Locking methodMay be supplied for profilecylinders or Swiss roundcylinders.

Clamping followerReceives the spindle of thedoor furniture without any playand provides a reliable lockoperation.

Sound dampingProvides quiet actionwhen closing the door.Very important whenusing narrow stile profiles.

Lock caseStable design with a small behindbackset of 15 mm, fits into all recessesof the familiar BKS series 18.

BacksetFrom 35 mm and must be specifiedin orders.

Page 6: Lock & Cylinders

Product features

7

Safety locks for narrow stile systemsAutomatic locking locks – series 19

Application: Narrow stile entrance doorsTechnical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance– automatic locking of latchbolt and automatic deadbolt by integrated lever, therefore no auxiliary latch is necessary– lock 1926 no longer requires manual locking of the door– anti-panic latch lever function E is standard in case of lock 1926– optional with manually locking deadbolt, the handle is switched to free running action– suitable in combination with BKS door furniture according to DIN EN 1125 + DIN EN 179– fire rated suitable according to DIN 18250 + DIN EN 1634– can be supplied in backsets 35, 40, and 45 mm– galvanized lock case– 15 mm behind backset, fits into all recesses of the familiar series 18– various forend versions in regards to form and optics

Safety lock 1212Application: Narrow style entrance doorsTechnical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance– can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm– possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose– galvanized lock case– zinc die-cast latch, steel safety bolt– reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH– latch and deadbolt optionally with special anti-friction coating– 1-turn 20 mm latch throw– also available in SKG approved version– various forend versions in regards to form and optics

Safety deadbolt lock 1218Application: Additional locking on narrow stile entrance doorsTechnical features:– profile cylinder lock– can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm– galvanized lock case– steel safety latch– reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH– 1-turn 20 mm latch throw– also available in SKG approved version– various forend versions in regards to form and optics

Safety locks with pivot bolt – series 14Application: Narrow stile entrance doorsTechnical features:– profile cylinder lock, 92 mm distance– can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, and 40 mm– possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose– galvanized lock case– optional with reversible latch, roller latch or as deadbolt lock– safety pivot bolt with hardened steel bolts– optionally with additional safety deadbolt as lock 1430– various forend versions in regards to form and optics

Page 7: Lock & Cylinders

Door open Door closed– Latch and deadbolt project

automatically

Lock 1926 – automatic locking

8

Door closed– Latch and deadbolt are with-

drawn when operating thelever

Page 8: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Narrow stile lock with flat forend

Additional possibilities (upon request)

Specification text

Automatic locking BKS mortise lock 1926 for narrow stile doors; suitable according DIN 18250 for fire rated doors according to DIN 4102 and in combina-tion with BKS door furniture for entrance fire rated doors according to DIN EN 1634; stainless steel forend, square, flat forend 24 x 3 mm (“U” shapedforend 24 x 6 mm, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique); latch lever function Ewith latch lever; suitable in combination with BKS door furniture according to DIN EN 179 (emergency exit doors) and DIN EN 1125 (anti-panic doors);galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; special 9 mm follower, reinforced follower bearing; automatic latchbolt withintegrated lever, in closed position with a 20 mm latch projection and advancing automatic deadbolt; automatic latch and deadbolt in a secured version asdouble locking; behind backset of 15 mm; center distance of 92 mm; _____ mm backset

Lock 1926 – automatic locking

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

FrontForm

Flat forend 24 x 3 mmDIN LH DIN RH

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquare

B 1926 0003B 1926 0005B 1926 0007B 1926 0009B 1926 0011B 1926 0013B 1926 0015

B 1926 0004B 1926 0006B 1926 0008B 1926 0010B 1926 0012B 1926 0014B 1926 0016

35404550556065

Narrow stile mortise lock with “U” shaped forend

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mmDIN LH DIN RH

Stainless steelsquaresquaresquare

B 1926 0503B 1926 0505B 1926 0507

B 1926 0504B 1926 0506B 1926 0508

343944

Backsetin mm

ForendAppearance Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

Swiss round cylinder holeB 9000 0402B 9000 0435B 9000 0436

9

Page 9: Lock & Cylinders

Lock 1974 with manual lockable latch

10

Door open Door closed– Locking cylinder locked– Door handle in free running

position

Door closed– Latch projects automatically– Locking of deadbolt by use

of key

Page 10: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

Automatic locking BKS mortise lock 1974 with manual locking bolt for narrow stile doors; stainless steel forend, square, flat forend of 24 x 3 x 270 mm(“U” shaped forend 24 x 6, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique); with latch lever;galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; special 9 mm (8 mm) follower, reinforced follower bearing; automaticlatchbolt with integrated lever, in locking position with a 20 mm latch projection and manually locking advancing deadbolt; lever in free running positionwhen the deadbolt is locked; automatic latch and deadbolt in a secured version as a double locking; behind backset dimension of 15 mm; center distanceof 92 mm; _____mm backset

Lock 1974 with manual lockable latch

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

8 mmSwiss round cylinder perforation

B 9000 0402B 9000 0435B 9000 0436

11

Narrow stile lock with flat forend

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Flat forend 24 x 3 mmDIN LH DIN RH

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquare

B 1974 0003B 1974 0005B 1974 0007

B 1974 0004B 1974 0006B 1974 0008

354045

Narrow stile mortise lock with “U” spaped forend

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mmDIN LH DIN RH

Stainless steelsquaresquaresquare

B 1974 0503B 1974 0505B 1974 0507

B 1974 0504B 1974 0506B 1974 0508

343944

Page 11: Lock & Cylinders

Safety narrow stile lock 1212

12

Page 12: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS narrow stile safety lock 1212; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square, flat forend 24 x 3 mm (“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm) /stainless steel only, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique); with latch lever;galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; special 9 mm (8 mm) follower, reinforced follower bearing; screw holesfor narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws of up to M 6 around the follower and cylinder fixing holes; zinc die-cast reversible latch, usableDIN LH + DIN RH; one turn galvanized steel safety latch with 20 mm latch projection; behind backset of 15.5 mm; center distance 92 mm; ____ mmbackset

Safety narrow stile lock 1212

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

9 mmLatch + deadbolt withanti-friction coating

S4910064 (nisi)S4910040 (niro)S4910071 (SKG)

S4910078 (“U” shaped)

13

Narrow stile lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Flat forend 24 x 3 x 270 mm “U” shaped forend 24 x 6 x 268 mm

----------

usable DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquare

12120064121200541212006312120065121200661212005712120058121200591212006012120056

usable DIN LH + DIN RH

24 mm backset29 mm backset34 mm backset39 mm backset44 mm backset

1212201712122018121220191212202012122021

25303540452530354045

Narrow stile safety lock according to SKG

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Flat forend 24 x 3 x 270 mmusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquare

12120067121200691212007112120073

30354045

Page 13: Lock & Cylinders

Safety deadbolt lock 1218

14

Page 14: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS safety deadbolt lock 1218 for profile cylinders; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; 224 x 3 mm flat forend (“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm / stainless steel only, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment of pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique); galvanizedlock case; galvanized steel safety deadbolt with a one turn 20 mm deadbolt projection; usable DIN LH + DIN RH; behind backset 15.5 mm; _____ mmbackset

Safety deadbolt lock 1218

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible striking platesFollower

S4120026 (nickel-silver)S4120008 (stainless steel)

S4120027 (SKG)S4120028 (“U” shaped)

15

Safety deadbolt lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Flat forend 24 x 3 mm “U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mmusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquare

12180027121800241218002512180029121800301218002812180022121800261218003112180032

usable DIN LH + DIN RH----------

1218003712180038121800391218004012180041

25303540452530354045

Narrow stile deadbolt lock according to SKG

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Flat forend 24 x 4 mmusable DIN LH + RH

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquare

12180033121800341218003512180036

31364146

24 mm backset29 mm backset34 mm backset39 mm backset44 mm backset

Page 15: Lock & Cylinders

Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1425

16

Page 16: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS pivot hook bolt lock 1425; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinderfixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6 around follower and cylinder hole; 8 mm steel follower; zinc die-cast reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; safety hook bolt with hardened steel bolt; 15.5 mm behind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mmbackset

Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1425

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

9 mm S4910046 (ns)S4910047 (ss)

17

Pivot bolt lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 x 3 x 255 mmusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquare

1425001714250018142500191425002014250021142500221425002314250024

2530354025303540

Page 17: Lock & Cylinders

Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1426 with roller latch

18

Page 18: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Additional possibilities (upon request)

Specification text

BKS safety pivot hook bolt lock 1426 with roller latch; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendlyguide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6 around follower and cylinder hole;adjustable brass roller latch, adjusting range of 3 – 10 mm; safety pivot hook bolt with hardened steel bolt; usable DIN LH + DIN RH; 15.5 mm behindbackset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mm backset

Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1426 with roller latch

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

S4910075 (ns)S4910059 (ss)

19

Pivot bolt lock with roller latch

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 x 3 x 255 mmusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquare

1426000914260010142600031426000414260011142600121426001314260008

2530354025303540

Page 19: Lock & Cylinders

Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1427

20

Page 20: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS safety pivot hook bolt lock 1427; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of thecylinder fixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6 around follower and cylinder hole; safety pivot hook boltwith hardened steel bolt; 15.5 mm behind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mm backset

Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1427

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible striking platesFollower

S4910037 (ns)S4910038 (ss)

Guiding bolt

21

Pivot bolt lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 x 3 x 255 mmusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquare

1427000514270006142700071427000814270013142700141427001514270016

2530354025303540

Page 21: Lock & Cylinders

Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1430

22

Page 22: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS safety pivot hook bolt lock 1430 with additional deadbolt; stainless steel forend, square; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of thecylinder fixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6 around follower and cylinder hole; 9 mm steel follower;zinc die-cast latch; safety pivot bolt with hardened steel bolt; additional steel deadbolt; 15.5 mm behind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mmbackset

Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1430

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible striking platesFollower

8 mm S4910076

23

Pivot hook bolt lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

FrontForm

Forend 24 x 3 x 255 mmDIN LH DIN RH

Stainless steel square 14300001 1430000240

Page 23: Lock & Cylinders

Product features

Contract mortise locks for narrow stile systems

LatchProvides a durable locking of the door.Reversible in most locks, these aretherefore suitable for right and lefthanded doors.

ForendAs fixing element of the lock with the door.The various design scopes of surfaces andshapes must be specified in the order.

DeadboltSecures a closed door againstunauthorized entry.

Locking methodFor profile cylinders with latchlever function.

FollowerReceives the spindle of thedoor furniture and operatesthe lock.

Lock caseAs stable galvanized design, it protectsthe function of the lock with a smallbehind backset.

BacksetMust be specified in orders.

24

Page 24: Lock & Cylinders

Product features

Contract mortise locks for narrow stile systems

Application: Narrow stile internal doors

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance– can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm– possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose– galvanized lock case– reversible zinc die-cast latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH or brass roller latch– one turn steel deadbolt, with 20 mm deadbolt projection– 16 mm forend width suitable for section with Euro groove

Application: Narrow stile internal doors

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance– can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35 and 40 mm– possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose– galvanized lock case– zinc die-cast latch, steel safety deadbolt– reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH– one turn 20 mm latch throw– various forend versions in regards to form and optics

Application: Narrow stile internal doors with swing door function

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock– roller latch adjustable from the forend, adjusting range of 4 – 12 mm– can be supplied in backset 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm– galvanized lock case– one turn steel deadbolt, with 20 mm deadbolt projection– various forend versions in regards to form and optics

25

Roller latch lock 1215

Application: Narrow stile internal doors

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance as 1828– deadbolt lock, 92 mm distance as 1812– can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm– galvanized lock case– latch of 1828 made of steel, deadbolt of 1828 + 1812 made of steel– reversible latch of 1828, usable DIN LH + DIN RH– one turn 14 mm latch throw– various forend versions in regards to form and optics

Narrow stile lock – series 18

Lock 1205

Lock 1200 + roller latch lock 1200RF

Page 25: Lock & Cylinders

Narrow stile lock 1200

26

Page 26: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

BKS narrow stile lock 1200; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; flat forend 16 x 3 mm; with latch lever; galvanized lock case; withassembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; special 8 mm follower; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6around follower hole; zinc die-cast reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 20 mm deadbolt projection; 15.5 mmbehind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mm backset

Narrow stile lock 1200

27

Other options (upon request)

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

Latch fixing deviceAccessories fromthe G. U Secury

Program

Narrow stile lock 1200

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Forend 16 mmusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquare

12000008120000061200001012000011120000121200002812000026120000271200002912000030

25303540452530354045

Page 27: Lock & Cylinders

Roller latch lock 1200RF

28

Page 28: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

BKS roller latch lock 1200 for narrow stile doors; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; flat forend 16 x 3 mm; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6 around followerhole; brass roller latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 20 mm deadbolt projection; 15.5 mm behind backset; 92 mmcenter distance; _____ mm backset

Roller latch lock 1200RF

Stainless steel

29

Other options (upon request)

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

Accessories fromthe G. U Secury

Program

Roller latch lock 1200

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Flat forend 24 x 4 mmusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

squaresquaresquaresquare

12000022120000231200002412000025

30354045

Page 29: Lock & Cylinders

Narrow stile lock 1205

30

Page 30: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

BKS narrow stile lock 1205; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; with latch lever; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide ofthe cylinder fixing screw; special 8 mm follower; zinc die-cast reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 13 mmdeadbolt projection; 16.5 mm behind backset; 72 mm center distance; _____ mm backset

Narrow stile lock 1205

31

Other options (upon request)Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

S4910023 (ns)S4910025 (ss)

Narrow stile lock 1205

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 mmusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquare

1205000512050001120500061205000712050120120500621205006012050056

2530354025303540

Page 31: Lock & Cylinders

Roller latch lock 1215

32

Page 32: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

BKS roller latch lock 1215 for narrow stile doors; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square, flat forend 24 x 255 mm (“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm) / stainless steel only, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique); galva-nized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws of up to M 6around the follower and cylinder perforation; adjustable brass roller latch, adjustment range of 3 – 10 mm, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; single turn galvanizedsteel deadbolt with 20 mm deadbolt projection; behind backset of 15.5 mm; center distance of 92 mm; ____ mm backset

Roller latch lock 1215

33

Other options (upon request)

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Sspecial versions

Possible striking platesFollower

S4910065 (ns)S4910042 (ss)

S4910077 (“U” shaped forend)

Roller latch lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Flat forend 24 x 3 x 255 mm “U” shaped forend 24 x 6 x 270 mmusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquare

12150022121500191215002012150024121500251215002312150018121500211215002612150027

usable DIN LH + DIN RH----------

1215002812150029121500301215003112150032

25303540452530354045

24 mm backset29 mm backset34 mm backset39 mm backset44 mm backset

Page 33: Lock & Cylinders

Narrow stile lock 1812

34

Page 34: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

BKS narrow stile deadbolt lock 1812; stainless steel forend, square, 24 x 3 mm flat forend; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of thecylinder fixing screw; usable DIN LH + DIN RH; one turn nickel-plated steel deadbolt with 14 mm deadbolt projection, (optionally 5 mm projection); behindbackset 15 mm; 92 mm center distance; ____ mm backset

Narrow stile lock 1812Narrow stile lock 1812

35

Other options (upon request)

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

B 9000 0422“U” shapedforend24 x 6 mm

Narrow stile lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 mm 24 mm forend / 5 mm latch projectionusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquare

B 1812 0001B 1812 0002B 1812 0003B 1812 0004B 1812 0005

usable DIN LH + DIN RHB 1812 0019B 1812 0020B 1812 0021B 1812 0022B 1812 0023

2530354045

Page 35: Lock & Cylinders

Backset

6.5 (2 pieces from backset 40)

Narrow stile lock 1828

36

Page 36: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

BKS narrow stile lock 1828; stainless steel, square; flat forend 24 x 3 mm; with latch lever; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of thecylinder fixing screw; special 9 mm follower, reinforced follower bearing; reversible steel latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH (optionally 5 mm projection); one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 14 mm deadbolt projection; 15 mm behind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mm backset

Narrow stile lock 1828

37

Other options (upon request)

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

B 9000 0402“U” shapedforend24 x 6 mm

Narrow stile lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 mm 24 mm forend / 5 mm latch + deadbolt projectionusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquare

B 1828 0001B 1828 0002B 1828 0003B 1828 0004B 1828 0005

usable DIN LH + DIN RHB 1828 0010B 1828 0011B 1828 0012B 1828 0013B 1828 0014

2530354045

Page 37: Lock & Cylinders

38

Product features

Sliding door locks for narrow stile systems

Pivot hook boltProvides a secure closure of the door.

Guiding pinFinds the correct position whenclosing the door.

ForendAs fixing element of the lock with thedoor.The various design scopes of surfacesand shapes must be specified in theorder. Locking method

For profile cylinders.

Lock caseAs stable galvanized design, it protectsthe function of the lock with a smallbehind backset.

BacksetMust be specified inorders.

Page 38: Lock & Cylinders

Product features

39

Special locks for narrow stile systems

Application: Glass doors

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance– can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm– possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose– galvanized lock case– zinc die-cast latch– one turn steel deadbolt, with 20 mm deadbolt projection– various forend versions in regards to form and optics

Application: Sliding doors

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance– can be supplied in backsets 35 and 40 mm– possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose– galvanized lock case– steel deadbolt, usable DIN LH and DIN RH– one turn steel deadbolt, with 20 mm deadbolt projection

Application: Sliding doors

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function– can be supplied in backsets 30, 35, and 40 mm– possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose– galvanized lock case– steel deadbolt, usable DIN LH and DIN RH– optional with guiding pin as 1205SRHF to position the door when closing

Sliding door locks 1205SRH + 1205SRHF

Sliding door lock 1205H

Glass door lock 0007

Page 39: Lock & Cylinders

Glass door lock 0007

40

Page 40: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS glass door lock 0007; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square (or rounded); with latch lever; galvanized lock case; with assemblyfriendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 8 mm steel wing follower; zinc die-cast latch; one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 10 mm deadboltprojection; 16 mm behind backset; 72 mm center distance; _____ mm backset

Glass door lock 0007

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

S4010088 (ns)S4010012 (ss)

Stainless steel Rounded forend

41

Glass door lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Forend 18 mm Forend 20 mm Forend 24 mmDIN LH DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

squaresquaresquaresquaresquare

0007100100071003000710050007100700071009

0007100200071004000710060007100800071010

DIN LH DIN RH0007107000071011000710130007027100071015

0007017100071012000710140007027200071016

DIN LH DIN RH0007101700071019000710210007102300071025

0007101800071020000710220007102400071026

2530354045

Page 41: Lock & Cylinders

Sliding door lock 1205H

42

Page 42: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS sliding door lock 1205H with hook latch; nickel-silver painted forend, square; with latch lever; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide ofthe cylinder fixing screw; special 8 mm follower; zinc die-cast steel hook latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 13 mmdeadbolt projection; 16.5 mm behind backset; 72 mm center distance; _____ mm backset

Sliding door lock 1205H

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible striking platesFollower

9 mmS4910023 (ns)S4910025 (ss)

43

Sliding door lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 mmusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquare

12050028120500291205006412050104

35403540

Page 43: Lock & Cylinders

Sliding door lock 1205SRH

44

Page 44: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS sliding door lock 1205SRH with pivot hook bolt; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendlyguide of the cylinder fixing screw; galvanized steel pivot hook bolt, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; behind backset 16 mm; _____ mm backset

Sliding door lock 1205SRH

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible striking platesFollower

S4910029 (ns)S4910030 (ss)

45

Sliding door lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 mmusable DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquare

120501951205019612050204120501971205019812050205

303540303540

Page 45: Lock & Cylinders

Sliding door lock 1205SRHF with guiding pin

46

Page 46: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS sliding door lock 1205SRHF with pivot hook bolt and guiding pin; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; galvanized lock case; withassembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; galvanized steel pivot hook bolt, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; steel guiding pin; behind backset 16 mm;_____ mm backset

Sliding door lock 1205SRHF with guiding pin

Backsetin mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

S4910068 (ns)S4910053 (ss)

47

Sliding door lock

ForendSurface

Backsetin mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 mmusalbe DIN LH + DIN RH

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

squaresquaresquaresquaresquaresquare

120501991205020012050206120501901205020112050207

303540303540

Page 47: Lock & Cylinders

48

Door handling

Reversible latch

The following must be observed for locksequipped with a reversible latch:

The screw to reverse the latch is locatedon the back of the lock.Push it outward with the screw driver,reverse the latch and tighten the screwagain in the initial position.

Locks with roller latches are used for swing doors. In order to achieve an ideal fixing function, the rollerlatch position may be changed through the screw located on the front.

Adjustable roller latch

Product advice

Left inwards – DIN leftLever showing to the left

Left outwards = DIN rightLever showing to the left

Right outwards = DIN leftLever showing to the right

Right inwards = DIN rightLever showing to the right

Page 48: Lock & Cylinders

49

In order to disable the latch of a mortise lock during daily operation, a latch fixingdevice may be installed in locks of class 3 + 4 upon request.

A mortise lock with a retracted and fixed latch enables an unchecked door access.

After releasing the fixing device, the latch may then again be operated via the latchlever by using the lever.

Note: The specification text must be supplemented accordingly “...with latch fixingdevice”.

Locks which are intended for Swiss round cylinders (such as KABA, KESO) require thefollowing attention:

The distance from the center of the follower is 2 mm longer than the comparabledimension of profile cylinders.

Example: PZ 92 mm = CH-RZ 94 mm

Special BKS end caps are included in the overall delivery of locks with “U” shapedforends.

The end caps have expanding pins which may be used for the attachment in the pro-file.

These may be removed and pop rivet nuts may be used for a more stable attachment.

Latch fixing device

End caps for “U” shaped forends

Swiss round cylinder

Product advice

Cent

er

Cent

er P

Z

Swis

sRo

und

cylin

der

Page 49: Lock & Cylinders

50

Striking plate B 9000 for series 18 + 19 with flat forend

Striking plate B 9000 for series 18 + 19 with “U” shaped forend

Striking plates

Other options (upon request)

FinishSpecial versions

Suitable for locks:B 1926, B 1974

BKS striking plate (or lipped striking plate) B 9000 forautomatic locking locks of series 19 + narrow stilelocks of series 18 suitable for medium application,square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH (lipped strikeplate usable DIN LH + DIN RH)

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:B 1926B 1974

BKS striking plate 9000 for automatic locking locks ofseries 19 + narrow stile locks of series 18 with “U”shaped forend; suitable for medium application, “U”shaped forend 24 x 6 mm, with decorative plastic endcaps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts orintegrated dowel technology; square ends; usable DINLH + DIN RH

FinishOrder numberfor lock 1812

Order numberfor series 18 + 19

Stainless steel B 9000 0422 B 9000 0402

Finish

Finish

Order number

DIN LHDIN RH

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

B 9000 0435B 9000 0436

Range / Order numbers

Order number

B 9000 0785

Range / Order numbers

Standard version

Range / Order numbersLipped strike plate

Page 50: Lock & Cylinders

51

Striking plate S401 for 0007

Striking plate S491 for 1205/1205H

Striking plates

BKS angular striking plate S401 for glass door lock0007; suitable for light application; round ends

BKS Striking plate S491 for narrow stile lock 1205and 1205H; suitable for normal application, squareends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:0007

Finish Order number

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4010088

S4010012

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:12051205H

Finish Order number

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4910023

S4910025

Range / Order numbers

Page 51: Lock & Cylinders

52

Striking plate S412 for 1218

Striking plates

BKS striking plate S412 for deadbolt lock 1218;suitable for normal application, square ends; usableDIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1218

Finish Order number

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4120026

S4120008 S4120027 (SKG)

Range / Order numbers

BKS “U” shaped striking plate 412 for deadbolt lock1218; with decorative plastic end caps for an optionalattachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated doweltechnique; suitable for normal application, squareends; suitable DIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1218

Finish Order number

Stainless steel S4120028

Range / Order numbers

“U” shaped striking plate S412 for 1218

Page 52: Lock & Cylinders

53

Striking plate S491 for 1212

Striking plates

BKS striking plate S491 for narrow stile lock 1212;suitable for normal application, square ends; usableDIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1212

Finish Order number

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4910064

S4910040 S4910071 (SKG)

Range / Order numbers

BKS “U” shaped striking plate S491 for narrow stilelock 1212; with decorative plastic end caps for anoptional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrateddowel technique; suitable for normal application,square ends; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1212

Finish Order number

Stainless steel S4910078

Range / Order numbers

“U” shaped striking plate S491 for 1212

Page 53: Lock & Cylinders

54

Striking plate S491 for 1215

Striking plates

BKS striking plate S491 for roller latch lock 1215;suitable for normal application, square ends; usableDIN LH + DIN RH

BKS “U” shaped striking plate S491 for roller latchlock 1215; with decorative plastic end caps for anoptional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrateddowel technique; suitable for normal application,square form; suitable DIN LH + DIN RH

“U” shaped striking plate S491 for 1215

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1215

Finish Order number

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4910065

S4910042

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1215

Finish Order number

Stainless steel S4910077

Range / Order numbers

Page 54: Lock & Cylinders

BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1205SRHFwith hook and guiding pin; suitable for normalapplication, square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH

55

Striking plate S491 for 1205SRH

Striking plates

BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1205SRHwith hook; suitable for normal application,square ends, usable DIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1205SRH

Finish Order number

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4910029

S4910030

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1205SRHF

Finish Order number

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4910068

S4910053

Range / Order numbers

Striking plate S491 for 1205SRHF

Page 55: Lock & Cylinders

56

Striking plate S491 for 1425

Striking plate S491 for 1426

Striking plates

BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1425with hook; suitable for medium application,Square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH.

BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1426;suitable for medium application wear, square ends;usable DIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1425

Finish Order number

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4910046

S4910047

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1426

Finish Order number

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4910075

S4910059

Range / Order numbers

Page 56: Lock & Cylinders

57

Striking plate S491 for 1427

Striking plate S491 for 1430

Striking plates

BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1427 withhook; suitable for medium application, square ends;usable DIN LH + DIN RH

BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1430with hook; suitable for medium application, squareends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1427

Finish Order number

Steelnickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4910037

S4910038

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Suitable for locks:1430

Finish Order number

Stainless steel S4910076

Range / Order numbers

Page 57: Lock & Cylinders

The following information regarding locks must be observed in accordance withthe manufacturer's liabilities of his products defined in the product liabilitiesstatute.

Noncompliance releases us from any liabilities.

1. Product information and use as directedA lock generally has the function to lock and block a door. Simple lock designsserve only to lock the door. This designates that a door is kept closed so that itcannot be opened by pulling or pushing, but may be opened by a simple method,such as by moving the lever. The lock latch – generally only called latch – servesas lock.

Securing the closed door by at least one projecting door latch or by blocking of adeadbolt, which meshes into the appropriate recess of the jamb and or the lock-ing plate, is called blocking.

The deadbolt must be blocked against pushing back in its projected position. Inaddition, the door must be effectively difficult to open without the proper key.

The door may only be blocked in a previously closed condition.Cylinder attachment screws must be coordinated or adjusted to the backsetlength.

A mortice lock is a lock which is inserted into a recess in the door leaf (lock pock-et) and screwed on.The following must be observed to assure proper use:- Locks, locking plates, door fittings, attaching devices and locking cylinders

must be matched.

- The current “state of technology” must be applied for a proper installation,the maintenance and possibly a replacement. This is documented in thestandards of these products and in instructions or manufacturer's cata-logues.

Locks for anti-panic doors or special locks generally do not require an immediateuse of keys when activating the door fitting (such as the door lever).Locks for anti-panic doors or special locks may only be combined with lockingcylinders with a so-called turning handles (such as knob cylinders) if this is con-tractually approved by the lock's manufacturer. It is commonly suggested thatonly the owners of the keys have the right to activate the lock, meaning that theactivation of a lock through a knob cylinder (or without a key) is not considered tobe as a normal case.

Simultaneously pulling back the latch and the prelocked deadbolt only by activat-ing the door lever is a special case and may not replace the “normal” key rota-tion to pull back the deadbolt.

Locking cylinder may only be unconditionally installed in locks when they are sub-ject to a dimension standard (DIN 18252) and if such locks are clearly preparedfor locking cylinders under this standard.

In all other cases, the manufacturer, dealer, fabricator or consumer of such locksmust obtain the certainty that the locking cylinders he selected are suitable fortheir intended use.

The necessary legal regulations and manufacturer's instructions must beobserved. For example, no locking cylinders with a button, knob, or a similar han-dle may be installed in anti-panic locks.

General terms, provided these are not explained in catalogue pages, broschures,price lists or on the internet are explained in the standards relevant for theseproducts (such as DIN 18250, DIN 18251, DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN 1125, DIN EN 1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209).Deviations from the particular relevant standard must be specified in the order.

2. Incorrect useAn incorrect use – meaning a product use not as directed – of locks, for exam-ple, is, when- The flawless use is prevented by inserting foreign objects into the lock or into

the locking plate.- When interfering or assaulting the lock or locking plate, which results in a

change of the structure, the effectiveness or the function.- The lock bolt is prelocked to keep the door open.- The closing elements are assembled to be blocked in their function or are

subsequently treated (for example, painted).- If a load is attached to the lever connection which exceeds the normal force

applied by hand.- If unsuitable, such as dimensionally deviating or incorrect keys are being used.- If an expansion or reduction of the required door gap develops when re-

adjusting the hinges or when lowering the door.- If a non-approved double wing door is opened past the inactive wing.- When gripping between the door leaf and the jamb when closing the doors.- when simultaneously activting the lever and the key.

3. Product performanceIf the product performance is not explicitly defined in our catalogues, broschures,price lists, performance specifications, etc., the requirements must be coordinat-ed with us.

The relevant standards serve as guidelines (for example, DIN 18250, DIN 18251,DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN 18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN 1125, DIN EN1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209).

Basic requirements and additional requirements are defined in these standards.

The serviceability of locks also depends of the operating frequency, operatingmethod, environmental effects and maintenance.

Lock, strike plate, door fittings, locking cylinders and keys must be replaced assoon as problems occur despite proper maintenance.This also applies to attempts to forcefully overcome locks and their accessories(burglary attempts).

4. Product maintenanceLocks must be lubricated with suitable lubricants at least once per year – morefrequently after wear. Door fitting, strike plate and locking cylinder must bechecked for their proper condition and their installation. Only cleaning materialthat do not contain any corrosion-promoting ingredients may be used.

5. Information and instruction dutiesThe following documents and services are available to specialty dealers, lock-smiths, architects, planners, fabricators and users upon request, in order to com-ply with the informational and instructional duties of the product liability statutes:- Catalogues, broschures- Specification texts copies, quotation documents, keying plans- The relevant standards serve as guidelines, for example, DIN 18250, DIN

18251, DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN 18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN1125, DIN EN 1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209 (Exclusive selling rights ofthe Beuth Verlag GmbH, Berlin 30).

- Instructions for installation, operation and maintenance

For the selection of locks and the installation, operation and maintenance,- architects and planners should consider to request and observe all required

product information from us.- Specialty dealers must consider to observe product information and refer-

ence in the price lists and specifically request all necessary instructions fromus and to forward these to the fabricators.

- Fabricators must consider to observe all product information and specifical-ly request operating and maintenance instructions from us and to forwardthese to contractors and consumers.

Product information for locks

58

Page 58: Lock & Cylinders

59

Product information for locks

General use,

installation and

maintenance advice for

BKS-locks and furniture

1. The door leaf should not be drilled in the area ofthe lock installed.

2. The spindle should not be knocked through the follower using a hammer.

5. The latch bolt and dead bolt should not be paintedover.

4. The distance between forend and strikershould be between 2 and 5 mm.

3. The door leaf should not be carried using the handles.

2 to 5 mm

Page 59: Lock & Cylinders

Product information for locks

60

8. The dead bolt should not be extendedwhile the door is open.

9. The handle and the key should not be operated simultaneously.

10. Anti-panic locksshould not be leftwith a key in them.

11. Anti-panic locks should not be fittedwith locking cylinders with thumb turnor turn knob.

6. The handle should not be operated in the wrong direction. In use a maximumload of 150 N on the handle shouldnot be exceeded.

7. The lock should not be operated withany foreign objects.

Page 60: Lock & Cylinders

Product information for locks

61

Exclusion of liability

The BKS products are permanently adapted to growing market's requirements and developed further.We also reserve for changes serving the technological progress.

This necessity is based on:– technical development– change and adaptation in product range– adaptation to changed laws and technical standards.

We have arranged the content of our documents with the greatest possible care.We therefore ask for your understanding that we take no responsibility for possible mistakes with regard to presentation and description of the products.Many thanks for your understanding.

12. Panic doors should only be used in case ofemergency (no frequent use).

13. Double leaf doors should not be forcedopen using the inactive leaf.

14. As soon as there are visible signs of physicalattack (e.g. bent bolts), the lock must be replaced.

15. Locks are to be lubricated at least oncea year (non-resinogenic oil).

year

Page 61: Lock & Cylinders

DIN 107Description left and right in the construction industry

DIN 1080, part 1Terms, symbols and units in civil engineering, basics

DIN 4102, part 5 + 18Part 5: Fire performance of building materials and components; firebarriers, barriers in elevator shaft walls and fire-resistant glazingPart 18: Fire performance of building material and components; firebarriers; proof of “self-locking” properties (continuous operation test)

DIN 18 055Windows; joint impermeability, water penetration resistance andmechanical stress; specifications and tests

DIN 18 082, part 1 +3Part 1: Fire barriers, steel doors T30-1, model APart 3: Fire barriers, steel doors T30-1, model B

DIN 18 095, part 1 +2Part 1: Doors; smoke protection doors; terms and specificationsPart 2: Doors; smoke protection doors; design test of the long-termoperational reliability and weathertightness

DIN 18 100Doors; wall openings for doors; Dimensions compliant with DIN 4173

DIN 18 101Doors, doors for apartment construction; door leaf sizes, hinge seatingand lock seating; interrelationship between dimensions

DIN 18 111, part 1Door jambs, steel jambs, standard jambs for rebated doors

DIN 18 250Mortice locks for fire barriers

DIN 18 251Locks; mortice locks for doors

DIN 18 252Locking cylinders for door locks; terms, descriptions

DIN 18 255Building hardware; door handles, doorplates and door rosettes – terms,dimensions, specifications

DIN 18 257Building hardware; protective coatings – terms, dimensions, specifi-cations, tests and identifications

DIN 18 273Building hardware; door handle sets for fire barriers and smoke pro-tection doors – terms, dimensions, specifications and tests

DIN 18 357Official Contracting Terms for the Award of Construction PerformanceContracts Part C: General technical contract requirements for con-struction services (General Pricing Regulations) Fitting operations

DIN 18 361Official Contracting Terms for the Award of Construction PerformanceContracts Part C: General technical contract requirements for con-struction services, glazing operations

DIN 68 706 part 1Interior doors of wood and wood materials, barrier door leaves, terms,prefered dimensions, structural features

DIN EN 179Emergency exit locks with handle or joint plate

DIN EN 1125Anti-panic door locks with horizontal control bar

DIN EN 1154Door closing device with controlled closing process

DIN EN 1303Building hardware – locking cylinders for locks – specifications andtesting procedures

DIN V ENV 1627Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – specifications andclassification

DIN V ENV 1628Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures tocalculate the resistance under static stress

DIN V ENV 1629Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures tocalculate the resistance under dynamic stress

DIN V ENV 1630Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures tocalculate the resistance to counter manual burglary attempts

DIN EN 1634 Part 1 + 3Fire resistance tests for door and connecting devicesPart 1: Fire barriersPart 3: Smoke protection barriers

DIN EN 1906Building hardware, door handles, and door knobs – specifications andtesting procedures

The most diverse standards and specifications exist for doors and related products. The most important are listed in the following:

Relevant standards

62

Page 62: Lock & Cylinders

A complete Quality Assurance System in correspondence with DIN EN ISO 9001 guarantees consistently high quality of allprocesses at BKS.

This Quality Assurance standard applies the highest demands at the European level and is not relative to production, but also to otherbusiness sectors such as research, order processing or customer service. This standard applies to all manufacturing sections at BKS(locking cylinders, door locks, fittings, electronics and door closers).

The extensive product range of the G.U-BKS group is designed for heavy-duty use and coordinated.

The high performance level in regards to quality, dependability and long life can only be assured when coordinated products are used.The program variety of the G. U-BKS group makes it possible to use this advantage.

This is documented by the appropriate tests and registrations, relative to the standards and specifications.These certificates may be requested, if desired.

Quality

63

Page 63: Lock & Cylinders

1. General / Scope of Application

1.1 Our Sales Terms and Conditions are exclusively applicable; we do not recognise con-trary terms and conditions by the Purchaser or terms and conditions deviating fromour Sales Terms and Conditions unless they have been explicitly approved by us in wri-ting. Our Sales Terms and Conditions shall be applicable even if we carry out deliveryto the Purchaser without reservation and with the knowledge of contrary terms andconditions or terms and conditions deviating from our Sales Terms and Conditions.

1.2 All agreements made between us and the Purchaser in view of performance of thepresent contract have been stipulated in writing in the present contract.

1.3 Our Sales Terms and Conditions are only valid vis-à-vis a contractor within the mean-ing of § 14 BGB [German Civil Code].

1.4 Our Sales Terms and Conditions shall also be valid for subsequent orders. For currentand future business relations the Sales Terms and Conditions shall be valid as frame-work terms and conditions even if not explicitly agreed upon in future.

1.5 In addition to our General Terms and Conditions our "Installation Guidelines", "Installa-tion Instructions" and “Product Informations” shall be valid.

2. Offer / Offer Documentation

2.1 Our offer is subject to alterations unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation.After a purchase order has been placed by the customer, a contract is entered into byour written order confirmation. The contents of the contract shall be governed by ourwritten order confirmation.

2.2 Warranty of a quality or acceptance of an independent guarantee on contract conclu-sion moreover must be explicitly identified in writing accordingly.

2.3 Subsequent modifications of the contract contents must also be made in writing. 2.4 We reserve property rights and copyrights in illustrations, drawings, calculations and

other documents; they must not be made available to third parties. This is especiallyapplicable to such written documents identified as being "confidential". Prior to theirtransmittal to third parties the Purchaser requires our explicit written approval.

3. Prices / Payment Terms and Conditions

3.1 Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, our prices are to be understood"ex works" excluding packing and transport charges, insurance and other contingen-cies; these shall be invoiced separately.

3.2 For pieces or parts which we produce on a special demand or order of the Purchaserwe inform the Purchaser about the amount of the production.

3.3 Statutory value-added tax is not included in our prices; it will be shown separately onthe invoice on the day of invoicing in the amount stipulated by law.

3.4 Discount deduction requires a special written agreement. Independent of such a writ-ten agreement it is stipulated that a discount of 3 % on the net invoice value shall begranted if payment is received within 10 days as from date of invoice. If payment isreceived within 30 days, we will grant 2 % discount on the net invoice value. No dis-count will be granted on new invoices as long as still open balances from former invo-ices exist. Payments will always be used for settlement of the oldest debit item.

3.5 Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, the purchase price is due forpayment net (without deduction) within 60 days as from date of invoice. If thePurchaser defaults, we shall be entitled to request arrears on interest in the amount of8 % above the respective basic interest published. But the Purchaser shall be entitledto prove to us that no damage or a damage of a far minor importance has occurred forus as a result of the delay of payment.

3.6 The Purchaser shall only be entitled to setoff rights if his counterclaims have legalforce, are undisputed or have been recognised by us. The Purchaser shall be entitledto exercise a general lien in so far as his counterclaim is based upon the same con-tractual relationship.

3.7 We shall not be obliged to accept bills of exchange or cheques. If cheques or bills ofexchange are accepted on a case to case basis upon prior agreement, this will only bemade in fulfilment by invoicing the discount charges and collection charges whichhave to be paid by the customer immediately in cash. Accepted bills and cheques willbe finally credited after having been honoured. Acceptance of cheques or bills ofexchange will be made without prejudice for later payment obligations. We shall notbe responsible for timely presentation, protest and return of the bill of exchange, if ithas not been honoured.

3.8 If a bill of exchange or a cheque is not honoured in time or if a payment term grantedis exceeded, all debts still open at that time – also debts for which a respite has beengranted and debts for which bills of exchange or cheques have been given – becomeimmediately due for payment.

4. Delivery / Delivery Time

4.1 Prior to start of the delivery time indicated by us all technical questions must havebeen clarified. If we inform the Purchaser about delivery times these informations arenot binding and show only a foreseeable delivery time.

4.2 Observance of our delivery obligation moreover requires timely and orderly fulfilmentof the Purchaser's obligations, especially observance of the agreed upon paymentterms and conditions. The defence of a non-fulfilled contract remains reserved.

4.3 If the Purchaser has been put on notice to take delivery or if he violates any otherduties of co-operation, we shall be entitled to request indemnification of the damageincurred to us to that extent including eventual surplus expenditure. Further claimsremain reserved.

4.4 If the prerequisites of item 4.3 exist, the risk of an accidental destruction or an acci-dental deterioration of the object purchased passes onto the Purchaser at that point intime when the Purchaser has been put on notice to take delivery or is in debtor's delay.

4.5 If non-observance of the delivery time is due to Force Majeure such as for examplemobilization, war, riot or similar incidents such as for example strike, lock-out, thedelivery time is extended by the duration of the incidents causing the delay in so faras these impediments can be proven to have a major influence on completion or deli-very. The same applies if these circumstances occur at sub-suppliers.

4.6 Partial deliveries are admissible within a reasonable extent. 4.7 We shall be liable in general only for delay in delivery in accordance with statutory pro-

visions of the German Commercial Code and the German Civil Code. 4.8 Moreover we shall be liable in accordance with statutory provisions in so far as the

delay in delivery is based upon an intentional or grossly negligent contract violationfor which we are responsible; we shall also be responsible for a fault caused by ourrepresentatives or vicarious agents.

4.9 In so far as the delay in delivery is merely based upon simple fault and no mandatoryliability is applicable due to violation of life, body or health, our liability for defaultdamages is limited in such a way that the Purchaser can request each 0.5 percent foreach completed week of delay but in total not more than 5 percent of the price for thatdelivery portion which due to the delay could not be put into useful operation. This isnot connected with a modification of the burden of proof to the Purchaser's disad-vantage. The Purchaser's legal right to rescind remains unaffected.

4.10 Goods which have been reported to be ready for shipment have to be called by thePurchaser immediately but not later than after a delay of 20 calendar days after havingbeen informed of the readiness for shipment. If no call occurs, we shall be entitled toput the goods on stock and store them upon our own discretion at Purchaser's riskand treat them as delivered ex works.

4.11 If shipment or delivery of the goods is delayed on request or upon instigation of thePurchaser, storage charges may be invoiced starting from one month after notificationof readiness for shipment in the amount of 1% of the invoice value for each monthstarted. The storage charges shall be limited to 5 % of the invoice value unless higherstorage charges can be proven by us.

4.12 Fulfilment of our obligation in accordance with the German Packaging Regulations hasbeen transferred by us to a authorized Company who sets up appropriate collectingboxes for packing material which has to be taken back in places where large quanti-ties and small quantities of packing material occurs. Overwraps and sales packageswill be taken back by us only via this authorized Company. Outside the scope of appli-cation of the Packaging Regulations no packing material will be taken back by us.

5. Participation Duties of our Customers

5.1 Participation services by the customer which are explicitly or tacitly agreed upon wit-hin the scope of the contract will be performed without special remuneration unlessspecified otherwise.

5.2 The customer shall be obliged to inform us on all facts in time from which it resultsthat stock and products in store with us which have been placed at disposal in view ofproduction capacities reported to us cannot be used or cannot be fully used. If resi-dual stock remains, the customer will accept the stock and eventual charges for theirdestruction in case of premature modification of his disposition. The same applies alsoto products for which we had to order minimum quantities from our suppliers in sofar as we had pointed out this fact to our customer in advance.

5.3 The customer guarantees that the products supplied by him for further processing aresuitable for this purpose. We are not obliged to inspect the products supplied by thecustomer for their property and fitness in view of further processing. Within the scopeof current business relations as well as when a processing item has primarily beeninspected, tested and released, the customer shall be obliged to inform us of his ownaccord about each product change. In cases of current processing of items the custo-mer shall be further obliged – for each modification of the production conditions in hisplant especially when replacing tools, machines or when introducing new productionprocedures – to inspect the item to be processed by us for variations and modifica-tions and to inform us in writing of such variations and modifications.

5.4 We shall not be obliged to check the correctness of instructions given by our custo-mers, material selection or other provisions made by our customer.

5.5 Therefore the customer must check all instructions he is giving as well as the qualityof the materials specified or made available to us for compliance with statutory andtechnical provisions.

5.6 If the customer defaults regarding his duty of procurement or participation after writ-ten request, we shall be entitled to statutory rights.

5.7 The taking back of goods requires an explicit written approval, if we are not obligateto take back the goods by law.

6. Passing of Risk

6.1 Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, delivery shall be deemed to beagreed upon "ex works".

6.2 The risk for delivery passes onto the customer when leaving our works, at the latestwith shipment of the consignment and/or delivery to the carrier or forwarding agenteven if partial deliveries are made or if exceptionally we carry out transport at our ownexpenses or with our transportation means unless otherwise specified.

6.3 If shipment is delayed due to circumstances for which the customer is responsible, therisk passes onto the customer with receipt of the notification of readiness for ship-ment.

6.4 Return shipments must be returned to us carriage-free. In case of return shipment therisk of loss remains with the customer until the products have been accepted at ourworks.

6.5 If the customer so requests, we will effect a transport insurance for the shipment; thecharges connected with it will be borne by the customer.

General Terms and Conditions

General Sales, Delivery and Payment Terms and Conditions

64

Page 64: Lock & Cylinders

7. Redhibitory Defects

We shall be liable for redhibitory defects as follows:7.1 All such parts or services have to be reworked, newly delivered or rendered again free

of charge upon our choice which within the statutory limitation – irrespective of theoperating period – show a redhibitory defect in so far as its cause existed at the timeof passing of risk.

7.2 Claims due to redhibitory defects become barred by the statute of limitations in 12months. The time period starts with the passing of risk (item 6).

7.3 The customer must notify the redhibitory defect to us immediately in writing.7.4 In case of notification of defects payments by the customer are permitted to be with-

held within a scope which is in an adequate ratio to the redhibitory defects occurred.The Purchaser shall only be allowed to withhold payments if a notification of defectshas been put forward the justification of which cannot be doubted. If the notificationof a defect was wrong, we shall be entitled to request indemnification of expendituresincurred by us from the customer.

7.5 First of all we shall always be granted the possibility of subsequent performance withinan adequate delay.

7.6 If subsequent performance fails, the Purchaser may withdraw from contract – withoutprejudice to eventual damage claims – or reduce payment. Replacement for fruitlessexpenditure can only be requested by the Purchaser, if we are responsible for thedefect due to intent or gross negligence.

7.7 Claims as a result of defects do not exist in case of only minor variation from theagreed upon quality, in case of only minor impairment of usefulness, in case of natu-ral wear and tear or damages occurring after passing of risk due to wrong or negligenttreatment, excessive load, inappropriate consumables or due to special externalinfluences which are not presumed according to contract as well as in case of non-reproducible software errors. If the Purchaser or third parties carry out modificationsor repair work in an inappropriate way, no claims as a result of defects exist for it andthe resulting consequences either. The same applies in so far as our specifications forhandling and other instructions are not observed.

7.8 Claims by the Purchaser for expenditure necessary for the purpose of subsequent per-formance including but not limited to transport, road, work and material charges areexcluded to the extent that the expenditure increases because the object of deliveryhas subsequently been taken to another place than the establishment of the Purchaserunless this change of location corresponds to its use according to purpose.

7.9 Legal recourse claims by the Purchaser towards us exist only in so far as the Purchaserhas not made any agreements with his customer beyond statutory claims due to defects.

7.10 For damage claims item 9 applies. Further or other claims than those stipulated in thisitem or in item 9 for redhibitory defects are excluded.

8. Industrial Property Rights and Copyrights, Defective Titles

Unless otherwise agreed upon, we shall be obliged to render delivery only in the coun-try of the place of delivery free from industrial property rights and copyrights by thirdparties (hereinafter called property rights). In so far as a third party due to violation ofproperty rights by deliveries rendered by us and used according to contract, puts for-ward justified claims against the Purchaser, we shall be liable to the Purchaser withinthe delay determined in item 7.2 as follows:

8.1 Upon our choice and at our own expenses we will either obtain a right of use (usu-fructuary right) for the deliveries concerned, modify them in such a way that the pro-perty right will not be violated or replace them. If this is not possible for us under ade-quate terms and conditions, the Purchaser shall be entitled to statutory rights of with-drawal or reduction. The Purchaser shall only be allowed to request indemnificationfor fruitless expenditure, if we are liable for intent or gross negligence. Our obligationto pay damages is governed by item 9.

8.2 The above mentioned obligations exist only in so far as the Purchaser informs usimmediately in writing about the claims put forward by the third party, does not recog-nise a violation and all defences and composition proceedings are reserved for us. Ifthe Purchaser ceases to use the delivery for reasons of damage reduction or for otherimportant reasons, he shall be obliged to inform the third party that no acknowledge-ment of a violation of property rights is connected with it.

8.3 Claims of the Purchaser are excluded in so far as he is responsible for the violation ofproperty rights.

8.4 Claims of the Purchaser are also excluded in so far as the violation of property rightsis caused by particular specifications of the Purchaser, by an application unforeseea-ble by us or by the fact that the delivery is modified by the Purchaser or used toget-her with products not delivered by us.

8.5 In case of violations of property rights for the claims of the Purchaser stipulated initem 8.1 the provisions of items 7.4, 7.5 and 7.9 apply accordingly.

8.6 Further claims of the Purchaser or other claims of the Purchaser than those stipulatedin the present item 8 against us or our vicarious agents for defective title are excluded.

9. Total Liability

9.1 Claims by the Purchaser for indemnification – irrespective of the legal nature of theclaim put forward – are excluded.

9.2 Excluded from this provision are:a) Damages due to violation of substantial contractual obligations. In case of simple

negligence, however, liability for indemnification shall be limited to the foreseeabledamage typically occurring.

b) Damages due to violation of life, body or health if we are responsible for the breachof duty.

c) For other damages based upon an intentional or grossly negligent breach of dutywith us being equally responsible for a breach of duty by our legal representativesor vicarious agents.

d) Indemnification for impossibility or inability.

9.3 No modification of the burden of proof at the Purchaser's disadvantage is connectedwith the above provision.

9.4 Liability according to the liability for products' law remains unaffected.9.5 In so far as liability for indemnification towards us is excluded or restricted, this

applies also to personal liability for indemnification by our employees, our commerci-al agents and our vicarious agents.

10. Retention of Title

10.1 The objects of the deliveries (goods under retention of title) remain our property untilpayment of all debts to which we are entitled from the business relationship. In so faras the value of all securities to which we are entitled towards the Purchaser exceedsthe amount of all claims secured by more than 10 %, we will release a correspondingshare of the securities on request by the Purchaser.

10.2 During existence of the retention of title the Purchaser shall not be permitted toencumber the goods or pledge them as security and resale is only permitted to resel-lers in normal dealings and only with a proviso that the reseller receives payment fromhis customer or makes the reservation that transfer of title will only occur if the custo-mer has met his payment obligations.

10.3 In case of attachments, seizures or other orders or interference by third parties thePurchaser must inform us immediately so that we can institute a claim according to §771 ZPO [German Civil Practice Act]. In so far as the third party is not able to reim-burse the court costs and extrajudicial costs of a claim according to § 771 ZPO, thePurchaser shall be liable for the loss incurred by us.

10.4 The Purchaser is obliged to take good care of the item purchased; especially he is obli-ged to insure the item purchased at his own expenses sufficiently at original valueagainst fire, water and theft. In so far as maintenance and inspection work are requi-red, the Purchaser must carry out such work in time at his own expense.

10.5 In case of breaches of duty by the Purchaser including but not limited to delay of pay-ment, we shall be entitled to withdrawal and taking back; the Purchaser is obliged torestitution. Withdrawal and/or exercise of the retention of title does not require rescis-sion by the Supplier; these actions or an attachment of the goods under retention oftitle by us does not represent a withdrawal from contract unless this has explicitlybeen declared by us.

10.6 If the Purchaser has resold the purchased item in the ordinary course of business, heassigns, however, to us already now all debts in the amount of the final invoice value(including value-added tax) of our debts accruing for him from resale against hiscustomers or third parties regardless of whether the purchased item has been resoldwithout or after further processing. The Purchaser remains authorised to collect thisdebt also after assignment. Our authority to collect the debt ourselves remains unaf-fected. But we undertake not to collect the debt as long as the Purchaser meets hispayment obligations from the proceeds taken in, does not default in payment and inparticular no petition for opening of insolvency proceedings has been filed or insol-vency exists. But if this is the case, we can request that the Purchaser informs usabout the debts assigned and their debtors, gives all information necessary for collec-tion, hands out the respective documents and informs the debtors (third parties) of theassignment.

10.7 Processing or reshaping of the purchased item by the Purchaser will always be madeon behalf of us. If the purchased matter is processed with other objects not belongingto us, we acquire joint ownership in the new object in the ratio of the value of the pur-chased item (final invoice value including value-added tax) to the other processedobjects at the time of processing. For the object created by processing moreover thesame applies as for the purchased item delivered under retention of title.

10.8 If the purchased item is mixed inseparably with other objects not belonging to us, weacquire joint ownership in the new item in the ratio of the value of the purchased item(final invoice value including value-added tax) to the other mixed objects at the time ofmixing. If the mixing occurs in such a way that the item of the Purchaser has to beconsidered the main item, it is deemed to have been agreed upon that the Purchasertransfers pro rata joint ownership to us. The Purchaser holds in custody for us theexclusive ownership or joint ownership thus created.

11. Place of Performance, Venue, Governing Law

11.1 For all rights and duties resulting from our deliveries and services for both parties theregistered office of our company shall be considered to be the place of performance.

11.2 In dealings with companies for lawsuits for which the district courts have jurisdictionin rem, the Velbert District Court, and for lawsuits for which county courts have juris-diction in rem, the Wuppertal County Court shall have general jurisdiction.

11.3 The contractual relationship shall be governed by the law of the Federal Republic ofGermany. Application of the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale ofGoods (CISG) is excluded.

11.4 The data specified by the Purchaser will be stored and processed by electronic dataprocessing to the extent that this is admissible in accordance with the Federal GermanLaw on Data Protection (§§ 28, 29 BDSG).

11.5 Should any provision of the agreement, the general sales, delivery and payment termsand conditions or other included terms and conditions be or become invalid, in wholeor in part, for any reasons whatsoever, or there is a whole, the validity of the remai-ning provisions shall not be affected thereby. The invalid provision shall be substitu-ted by a valid provision that comes as closely as legally permissible to what the inva-lid provision was intended to achieve.

General terms and conditions

65

Page 65: Lock & Cylinders

General business terms ....................................................................................................................................................................................................64 + 65

Automatic locking locks ......................................................................................................................................................................................................8 – 11

End caps for “U” shaped forend ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 49

Latch fixing device ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ .49

Glass door lock 0024 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................40 + 41

Hook latch locks................................................................................................................................................................................................................16 - 23

Standards.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 62

Contract mortise locks ......................................................................................................................................................................................................24 - 33

Product information for locks ............................................................................................................................................................................................58 - 61

Product features – contract mortise locks ........................................................................................................................................................................24 + 25

Product features – special locks ......................................................................................................................................................................................38 + 39

Product features – Safety locks ..........................................................................................................................................................................................6 + 7

Quality .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 63

Sliding door locks..............................................................................................................................................................................................................42 - 47

Striking plates ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................50 - 57

Striking plate B9000 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 50

Striking plate S401 for lock 0007.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 51

Striking plate S412 for lock 1218.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 52

Striking plate S491 for lock 1205/1205H ............................................................................................................................................................................. 51

Striking plate S491 for lock 1212.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 53

Striking plate S491 for lock 1215.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 54

Striking plate S491 for lock 1205SRH .................................................................................................................................................................................. 55

Striking plate S491 for lock 1205SRHF ................................................................................................................................................................................ 55

Striking plate S491 for lock 1425.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 56

Striking plate S491 for lock 1426.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 56

Striking plate S491 for lock 1427.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 57

Striking plate S491 for lock 1430.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 57

Lock 0007 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................40 + 41

Lock 1200 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................26 + 27

Lock 1200RF ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................28 + 29

Lock 1205 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................30 + 31

Lock 1200H ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................42 + 43

Lock 1200SRH ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................44 + 45

Lock 1205RHF ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................46 + 47

Lock 1212 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................12 + 13

Lock 1215 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................32 + 33

Lock 1218 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................14 + 15

Lock 1425 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................16 + 17

Lock 1426 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................18 + 19

Lock 1427 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................20 + 21

Lock 1430 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................22 + 23

Lock 1812 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................34 + 35

Lock 1828 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................36 + 37

Lock 1926 – automatically locking......................................................................................................................................................................................8 + 9

Lock 1974 – manually locking ..........................................................................................................................................................................................10 + 11

Swiss round cylinder ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 49

Pivot hook deadbolt locks..................................................................................................................................................................................................42 - 47

Security locks......................................................................................................................................................................................................................6 - 23

Special locks ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................34 - 51

Door handling........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 48

Reversible latch..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 48

Adjustable roller latch .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 48

Page 66: Lock & Cylinders

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 371254 DitzingenTelephone: +49 - (0)7156 301 - 0Fax: +49 - (0)7156 301 - [email protected] W

023

0 00

02

10/2

004

my

Prin

ted

in G

erm

any

BKS GmbHHeidestr. 7142549 VelbertTelephone: +49 - (0)2051 201 - 0Fax: +49 - (0)2051 201 - 431www.bks.de

Page 67: Lock & Cylinders

Series 13 – Locks for narrow stile door systems

Locks

The new

programme of locks

for metal constructions

Page 68: Lock & Cylinders

Product features

2

Locks – Series 13 Series 13 is an extensive programme for metal constructions. The innovative construction offers various applications for narrow stile systems. The remarkable features of this kind of construction are

the burglar resistance, fire protection and emergency exit suitability according to the new European standards, completed by roller latch locks and the deadbolt monitoring as option.

LatchPossible as 10 mm or 12 mm standard latchbolt and 14 mm security latchbolt, reversible for left and right doors.For a bigger door crack also avai-lable with 3 mm or 5 mm projecting latchbolt. For use on fire rated doors a security latchbolt made of stainless steel is recommended. A roller latch with 14 mm roller is also available as option.

ForendAs fixing element of the lock to the door, available with 16 mm or 24 mm flat forend and 24 x 6 mm “U” shaped forend. Available in galvanized or lacquered steel as well as in stainless steel in different lengths.

DeadboltSecures the closed door against unauthorised entries. Available as standard version or security dead-bolt with saw protection, 3 mm or 5 mm projection as option.

Locking methodMay be supplied for profile cylinders or Swiss round cylinders.

FollowerReceives the spindle of the door furniture without any play. Available in versions 8 mm, 9 mm or 10 mm.

Panic functionAvailable in panic function E, according to EN 179 and to EN 1125.

Special versions- Deadbolt lock or latch lock with 100 mm lock case- Fire protected version- Deadbolt monitoring with potentional-free circuit contact

Lock case Due to the small dimensions (181 mm x 15 mm / 15 mm behind backset) possible to fit into all recesses of most of the standard locks for narrow style doors.

Fixing holes for door furnitureProvides for a solid through fixing of the door furniture. Also suitable for roses prepared for Swiss cylinder.

Backset Depending on the lock version available from 25 mm.

Page 69: Lock & Cylinders

Product features

3

245

or 2

7024

5 or

270

Panic-lock 1316 Application: Narrow stile entrance and internal doors

Technical features:- profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance- can be supplied in backsets 35, 40, and 45 mm- anti-panic latch lever function E- suitable in combination with BKS door furniture according to EN 1125 + EN 179- fire rated suitable according to DIN 18250 + DIN EN 1634- also available as lock 1311 for fire rated doors without panic function- galvanized lock case- reversible latch, usable DIN LH and DIN RH (fire rated version just DIN LH or DIN RH)- zinc die-cast bolt, 1-turn 20 mm latch throw (optional security deadbolt with saw protection) - various forend versions (245 mm or 270 mm) in regards to form and optics

Safety lock 1314 Application: Narrow stile entrance and internal doors

Technical features:- profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance- can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45 mm- galvanized lock case- reversible zinc die-cast latch, usable DIN LH and DIN RH- zinc die-cast bolt, 1-turn 20 mm latch throw (optional security deadbolt with saw protection) - various forend versions (245 mm or 270 mm) in regards to form and optics

Roller latch lock 1315

Lock 1300 + roller latch lock 1300RF Application: Narrow stile internal doors

Technical features:- profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance- can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45 mm- galvanized lock case- reversible zinc die-cast latch, usable DIN LH and DIN RH- zinc die-cast bolt, 1-turn 20 mm latch throw- also available with roller latch, adjustable from the front, adjusting range of 3 – 11 mm- 16 mm forend width suitable for section with Euro groove

245

or 2

70

Application: Narrow stile entrance and internal doors

Technical features:- profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance- can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45 mm- galvanized lock case- roller latch adjustable from the front, adjusting range of 3 – 11 mm- zinc die-cast bolt, 1-turn 20 mm latch throw (optional security deadbolt with saw protection) - various forend versions (245 mm or 270 mm) in regards to form and optics

Page 70: Lock & Cylinders

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 3D-71254 DitzingenTelephone +49 71 56 30 10Fax +49 71 56 30 12 93www.g-u.de W

P006

25-0

4-2-

2 0

1/20

05

ww

w.m

ykom

mun

ikat

ion.

com

BKS GmbHHeidestr. 71D-42549 VelbertTelephone +49 20 51 20 10Fax +49 20 51 20 14 31www.bks.de

Product features

Roller latch lock 1305 / 1325

Deadbolt lock 1308 / 1328 Application:

Narrow stile entrance and internal doors

Technical features:

- profile cylinder lock

- can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45 mm

- galvanized lock case

- zinc die-cast deadbolt, single throw of 20 mm

- various forend versions in regards to form and optics

Striking plates for series 13 BKS striking plates for narrow stile locks and roller latch

locks of series 13 with flat forend, suitable for standard

and medium application, square ends;

usable DIN LH + DIN RH

Finish:

Stainless steel

Application:

Narrow stile entrance and internal doors

Technical features:

- can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45 mm

- galvanized lock case

- roller latch adjustable from the front, adjusting range of

8 mm

- various forend versions in regards to form and optics

Latch lock 1307 / 1327 Application:

Narrow stile entrance and internal doors

Technical features:

- can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35,

40, and 45 mm

- galvanized lock case

- reversible latch, usable DIN LH and DIN RH

- various forend versions in regards to form

and optics

BKS striking plates for narrow stile locks of

series 13 with “U” shaped forend; suitable

for medium application, “U” shaped forend

24 x 6 mm, with decorative plastic end

caps for an optional attachment with pop

rivet nuts or integrated dowel technology;

square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH

Finish:

Stainless steel

Page 71: Lock & Cylinders

Mortise locks for entrance and internal doors

Locks

Page 72: Lock & Cylinders

Edition: March 2004

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 371254 DitzingenTelephone: +49 - (0)7156 301 - 0Fax: +49 - (0)7156 301 - [email protected]

BKS GmbHHeidestr. 7142549 VelbertTelephone: +49 - (0)2051 201 - 0Fax: +49 - (0)2051 201 - 431www.bks.de

Products of the G.U. group for doors

Page 73: Lock & Cylinders

Mortise safety locks

Content

Mortise locks according to DIN 18251 – T1

Content

Mortise locks for fire rated doors

Special locks

4 5

Page 10 Page 14Page 12Page 12

2154 211421742124

0024 604362066031

0215 061505150415

1125 233823271206

1795 630661386065

Page 16 Page 22Page 20Page 18

Page 44 Page 50Page 48Page 46

Page 26 Page 32Page 30Page 28

Page 34 Page 40Page 38Page 36

0010 105800550216

0353 03720371G353

Page 54 Page 60Page 58Page 56

Page 62 Page 64Page 64Page 62

Page 66 Page 70Page 68Page 68

0375 03930381HF0381H

Page 74: Lock & Cylinders

Page 75 Page 83Page 76Page 76Page 75

Page 77

Page 83

Page 78Page 78Page 77

Page 79

Page 84

Page 80Page 80Page 79

Page 81

Page 84

Page 82Page 82Page 81

S413

S411

S448S441S440

S403

S407

S411S407S404

B 9000

S404

B 9000B 9000B 9000

B 9000 S403B 9000B 9000B 9000

Striking plates

Content

Striking plates

Content

Page 85 Page 86Page 86Page 85

Page 87 Page 87

S448 2828

S412 S441S440S413

6 7

Page 75: Lock & Cylinders

Product features

LatchboltAssures the best security as additionallocking.The integrated lever allows the latchbolt toadvance automatically from 12 to 20 mm.

ForendAs fixing element of the lock with the door.The various design scopes of surfaces andshapes must be specified in the order.

Automatic deadboltProjects automatically by 20 mmand provides an improved lockingand security in conjunction withthe latchbolt.

Locking methodMay be supplied for profilecylinders or Swiss roundcylinders.

Fixing holes for doorfurnitureWith swarf protection buhes, providesfor a solid through fixing of the doorfurniture.

Clamping followerReceives the spindle of thedoor furniture without any playand serves for a reliable lockoperation.

Lock caseFully enclosed it protects the functionof the lock.

BacksetMust be specified inorders.

8

Product features

9

Mortise safety locksAutomatically locking locks – Series 21

Automatic locking locks – Series 21

Application: Entrance house and apartment doors

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, optionally also for Swiss round cylinders– Automatic locking of latbhbolts and automatic deadbolts by an integrated level, therefore does not require an auxiliary

latch– no longer requires manual locking of the door– certified security according to VDS class B – can be supplied in backsets 55, 60, 65, 70, 80 and 100 mm– Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – may be switched in the BUTLER function with free running handle on the inside door, resulting in increased security

against burglaries– various forend versions in regards to form and optics

Lock 0024 + 6031Application: Entrance house and apartment doors

Technical features:– Profile cylinder lock with latch lever function– optionally also as round cylinder lock or short cylinder lock– can be supplied in backsets 55, 60, 65, 70 and 80 mm– as 0024 for a profile center distance of 92 mm– as 6031 for a profile center distance of 72 mm– Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – enclosed lock case– various forend versions in regards to form and optics– Malleable cast iron latch, deadbolt made of steel – 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw

Lock 6206Application: Entrance house and apartment doors with increased security according to WK2

Technical features:– Profile cylinder lock with latch lever function– can be supplied in backsets 55, 65, and 80 mm– with a 6 mm forend for special burglary prevention– for a profile center distance of 72 mm– Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – enclosed lock case– various forend versions in regards to form and optics– Malleable cast iron latch, deadbolt made of steel – 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw with a triple safety tumbler

Lock 6043Application: Radiation protection doors with mechanical safety requirements

Technical features:– Cylinder lock with latch lever function– provided for use as profile half cylinders– massive follower of malleable cast iron– can be supplied in backsets 40 / 80 mm– Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – enclosed lock case– various forend designs of stainless steel– Malleable cast iron latch, deadbolt made of steel – 1-turn 15 mm deadbolt throw

Page 76: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Door open Door closed

BUTLER function

Lock for profile cylinder

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS Latchbolt lock 2154 with an automatic locking for apartment entrance doors; measurements according to DIN 18 251; certified according to VDSclass B; forend made of stainless steel, rounded; with latch lever; closed, galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw;screw holes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M8 (up to 6 mm for roses)around the follower and cylinder holes; with protecting steelbushed; 10 mm steel follower with bronze bearing ring; latchbolt with additional blocking in two positions; automatic deadbolt; latchbolt and automaticdeadbolt 20 mm projection; automatic locking triggered through in latchbolt integrated lever (no auxiliary latch necessary); behind backset 28 mm; centerdistance 92 mm, backset __________ mm

Lock 2154 – BUTLER

ForendSurface

Backset inmm

Forend formatForend, 20 mm for rebated doors

DIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RHForend, 24 mm for flush doors

Stainless steel

squareRoundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Rounded

B 2154 0009B 2154 0001B 2154 0025B 2154 0017B 2154 0041B 2154 0033B 2154 0073B 2154 0065

B 2154 0010B 2154 0002B 2154 0026B 2154 0018B 2154 0042B 2154 0034B 2154 0074B 2154 0066

B 2154 0013B 2154 0005B 2154 0029B 2154 0021B 2154 0045B 2154 0037B 2154 0077B 2154 0069

B 2154 0014B 2154 0006B 2154 0030B 2154 0022B 2154 0046B 2154 0038B 2154 0078B 2154 0070

55

60

65

80

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking plates

70100

Follower

Swiss round cylinder fixing holeB 9000 0195B 9000 0203B 9000 0205

B 9000 0196B 9000 0204B 9000 0206

22 mm for rebateddoor locks, 28 mm

for flush doors

11

Lock 2154 – BUTLER

10

Door closed– Cylinder locked– Door handle in free running position

Page 77: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Lock 2124 for profile cylinder

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

Deadbolt latch lock 2124 – ButlerBKS Latbbolt lock 2124 with an automatic locking for apartment entrance doors; measurements according to DIN 18 251; certified according to VDS classB; forend made of stainless steel, rounded; with latch lever; closed, galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screws; screwholes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M8 (up to 6 mm for roses)around the follower and cylinder holes; with steel protection bushes; 8mmsteel follower with bronze bearing ring; latchbolt with additional blocking in two positions; self-locking automatic latchbolt; latchbolt 20 mm projectingin locking position; automatic locking triggered through integrated lever in latchbolt (no auxiliary latch necessary); behind backset 28 mm; center distance72 mm; backset __________mm

Deadbolt latch lock 2174 with manually lockable latchBKS Latchbolt lock 2174 with an automatic locking of the latchbolt and manually lockable deadbolt for apartment entrance doors; measurementsaccording to DIN 18 251; certified according to VDS class B; forend made of stainless steel, rounded; with latch lever; closed, galvanized lock case; withassembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing sxrew; screw holes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M8 (up to 6 mm for roses)around thefollower and cylinder holes; with swarf protecting steel bushes; 8 mm steel follower with bronze bearing ring; latchbolt with additional blocking in twopositions; manually lockable deadbolt; 20 mm projection latchbolt and deadbolt, automatic locking triggered through integrated lever in latchbolt (noauxiliary latch necessary); behind backset 28 mm; center distance 72 mm, backset __________mm

Lock 2124 – BUTLER + 2174

Forend surfaceBackset in

mmForend format

Forend, 18 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN R

Forend, 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend, 24 mm for flush doors

stainlesssteel

squareRoundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Rounded

B 2124 0007B 2124 0001B 2124 0019B 2124 0013B 2124 0031B 2124 0025B 2124 0055B 2124 0049B 2124 0067B 2124 0061

B 2124 0008B 2124 0002B 2124 0020B 2124 0014B 2124 0032B 2124 0026B 2124 0056B 2124 0050B 2124 0068B 2124 0062

B 2124 0009B 2124 0003B 2124 0021B 2124 0015B 2124 0033B 2124 0027B 2124 0057B 2124 0051B 2124 0069B 2124 0063

B 2124 0010B 2124 0004B 2124 0022B 2124 0016B 2124 0034B 2124 0028B 2124 0058B 2124 0052B 2124 0070B 2124 0064

B 2124 0011B 2124 0005B 2124 0023B 2124 0017B 2124 0035B 2124 0029B 2124 0059B 2124 0053B 2124 0071B 2124 0065

B 2124 0012B 2124 0006B 2124 0024B 2124 0018B 2124 0036B 2124 0030B 2124 0060B 2124 0054B 2124 0072B 2124 0066

55

60

65

80

100

Lock 2174 for profile cylinder

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend, 18 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend, 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend, 24 mm for flush doors

stainlesssteel

squareRoundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Rounded

B 2174 0007B 2174 0001B 2174 0019B 2174 0013B 2174 0031B 2174 0025B 2174 0055B 2174 0049B 2174 0067B 2174 0061

B 2174 0008B 2174 0002B 2174 0020B 2174 0014B 2174 0032B 2174 0026B 2174 0056B 2174 0050B 2174 0068B 2174 0062

B 2174 0009B 2174 0003B 2174 0021B 2174 0015B 2174 0033B 2174 0027B 2174 0057B 2174 0051B 2174 0069B 2174 0063

B 2174 0010B 2174 0004B 2174 0022B 2174 0016B 2174 0034B 2174 0028B 2174 0058B 2174 0052B 2174 0070B 2174 0064

B 2174 0011B 2174 0005B 2174 0023B 2174 0017B 2174 0035B 2174 0029B 2174 0059B 2174 0053B 2174 0071B 2174 0065

B 2174 0012B 2174 0006B 2174 0024B 2174 0018B 2174 0036B 2174 0030B 2174 0060B 2174 0054B 2174 0072B 2174 0066

55

60

65

80

100

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking plates

70

Follower

Swiss round cylinder fixing holeB 9000 0247B 9000 0433B 9000 0435

B 9000 0248B 9000 0434B 9000 0436

13

Lock 2124 – BUTLER + 2174

12

Door open Door closed

BUTLER functionDoor closed– Cylinder locked– Door handle in free frunning position

2124 2174Manually lockable deadbolt

Page 78: Lock & Cylinders

Lock 2114

14

Range / Order numbers

Lock for profile cylinder

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS Latchbolt lock 2114 with automatic locking of the latch without automatic deadbolt for apartment entrance doors; measurements according to DIN 18251; certified according to VDS class B; forend made of of stainless steel, rounded; with latch lever; closed, galvanized lock case; with eassembly friendlyguide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M8 (up to 6 mm for roses) around the follower and cylinderholes; with swarf protecting steel bushes; 8 mm steel follower with bronze bearing ring; latchbolt with additional blocking in two positions; without auto-matic deadbolt; 20 mm protecting latchbolt; automatic locking triggered through in latchbolt integrated lever (no auxiliary latch necessary); behind backset28 mm; center distance 72 mm; backset __________mm

Lock 2114

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend, 18 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend, 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend, 24 mm for flush doors

stainlesssteel

Rounded

Rounded

Rounded

Rounded

B 2114 0001

B 2114 0013

B 2114 0025

B 2114 0049

B 2114 0002

B 2114 0014

B 2114 0026

B 2114 0050

B 2114 0003

B 2114 0015

B 2114 0027

B 2114 0051

B 2114 0004

B 2114 0016

B 2114 0028

B 2114 0052

B 2114 0005

B 2114 0017

B 2114 0029

B 2114 0053

B 2114 0006

B 2114 0018

B 2114 0030

B 2114 0054

55

60

65

80

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking plates

70100

Follower

Swiss round cylinder fixing holeB 9000 0247B 9000 0433B 9000 0435

B 9000 0248B 9000 0434B 9000 0436

15

Door open Door closed

BUTLER functionDoor closed– Locking cylinder locked– Door handle in free running position

Page 79: Lock & Cylinders

Safety lock 0024

16

Range / Order numbers

Lock for profile cylinder

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS mortise lock 0024 for profile cylinders (or round cylinders / or short cylinders); for apartment entrance doors; nickel silver painted forend (or stainlesssteel forend), rounded (or square); with latch lever; enclosed, galvanized lock case; screw holes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M 8 arounddeadbolt and latch follower; 10 mm malleable cast iron follower; latch made of malleable cast iron, nickel plated; 2-turn steel deadbolt, nickel plated;center distance 92 mm; backset _____ mm

Safety lock 0024

Forend surfaceBackset in

mmForend format

Forend, 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend, 22 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend, 24 mm for rebated doors

steelNickel-silver

square

square

square

square

00241001

00241003

00240606

00241007

00241002

00241004

00240594

00241008

00240616

00240618

00240603

00240622

00240617

00240619

00240604

00240623

--

--

00240628

--

--

-–

00240629

--

55

60

65

80

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend, 24 mm for flush doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend, 28 mm for flush doors

Nickel-silver steel

square

square

square

square

00241011

00241013

00240021

00241017

00241012

00241014

00240022

00241018

00241021

00241023

00241031

00241017

00241022

00241024

00241032

00241018

55

60

65

80

Lock for round cylinder

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 x 310 mm for rebated doors

DIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RHForend 28 x 310 mm for flush doors

steelNickel-silver

square 00240595 00240596 00240597 0024059865

Lock for short cylinder

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 x 310 mm for rebated doors

DIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RHForend 28 x 310 mm for flush doors

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

square 00240599 00240600 00240601 0024060265

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible strikingplates

7090

Follower

Offset deadbolt (profilecylinder lock only)

Sawing pro-tection Latchfixing deviceFront bevel

Rounded forend

Anti-panic function D(only backset 65mm)

Anti-panic function E(only backset 65 mm)

S 401S 407S 404

24 mm for rebateddoor

24 mm for flush doorForend 22 x 310Forend 24 x 310Forend 28 x 310

17

Round cylinder Short cylinderProfile cylinder

Page 80: Lock & Cylinders

Safety lock 6031

18

Range / Order numbers

Lock for profile cylinder

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS mortise lock 6031 for profile cylinders (or round cylinders / or short cylinders)according to DIN 18 251 – class 3; for apartment entrance doors;nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel forend), rounded (or square); with latch lever; enclosed, galvanized lock case; screw holes for doorfurniture with connecting screws up to M 8 around deadbolt and latch follower; 8 mm malleable cast iron follower ; latch made of malleable cast iron,nickel plated; 2-turn steel deadbolt, nickel plated; center distance 72 mm; backset _____ mm

Safety lock 6031

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 18 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 20 mm for flush doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

steelNickel-silver

squareRoundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Rounded

6031001360310015

----------------

6031001460310016

----------------

60310063603100676031003560310021603100396031002360310053603100256031005760310061

60310064603100686031003660310022603100406031002460310054603100266031005860310062

60310065603100436031003760311001603100416031002760310055603110036031005960311005

60310066603100446031003860311002603100426031002860310056603110046031006060311006

55

60

65

70

80

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

9 mm10 mm Sawing protection

Front bevel No. 3+5Latch fixing device

S 204S 241

S 401S 404S 407S 411

19

Lock for round cylinder

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

steelNickel-silver

square 60311007 60311008 60311009 6031101055

Lock for short cylinder

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

steelNickel-silver

square

square

square

60311011

60311013

60311015

60311012

60311014

60311016

60311017

60311019

60311021

60311018

60311020

60311022

55

60

65

Round cylinder Short cylinderProfile cylinder

Page 81: Lock & Cylinders

Safety lock 6206

20

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS mortise lock 6206 for apartment entrance doors according to WK2 (ET1); nickel silver painted 6 mm thick forend (or stainless steel forend),welded 5 times, rounded; with latch lever; enclosed, galvanized lock case; screwed together 4 times; screw holes for door furniture with connectingscrews up to M 8 around deadbolt and latch follower; 8 mm malleable cast iron follower; latch made of malleable cast iron, nickel plated; 2-turn steeldeadbolt with triple safety tumbler, nickel plated; center distance 72 mm; backset _____ mm

Safety lock 6206

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

S 204S 241

S 350 (20 x 20)S 500

Forend dimensions 20 x 235 mm

Forend dimensions 24 x 235 mm

21

Lock for profile cylinder

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 x 280 mm for rebated doors

DIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RHForend 24 x 280 mm for flush doors

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

Rounded

Rounded

Rounded

Rounded

Rounded

Rounded

62061001

62061003

62061005

62060042

62060007

62061013

62061002

62061004

62061006

62060043

62060008

62061014

62061007

62061009

62061011

62061015

62061017

62061019

62061008

62061010

62061012

62061016

62061018

62061020

55

65

80

55

65

80

Page 82: Lock & Cylinders

Mortise lock 6043

22

Range / Order numbers

Lock for double profile cylinder

Ohter options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS mortise lock 6043 for radiation protection doors; prepared for profile half cylinder with a 40 mm + 80 mm backset; stainless steel forend, rounded;with latch lever; enclosed galvanized lock case; screw holes for door furniture with connection holes up to M 8 around latch and deadbolt follower; 8 mmmalleable cast iron follower; latch made of malleable cast iron, nickel plated; steel deadbolt, one turn, nickel plated; center distance 72 mm; backset of 40+ 80 mm

Mortise lock 6043

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

VersionDIN LH DIN RH

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

stainlesssteel

RoundedWith latch lever

Without latch lever

B 6043 0215

B 6043 0211

B 6043 0216

B 6043 0212

B 6043 0207

B 6043 0203

B 6043 0208

B 6043 020440/80

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible striking platesFollower

S 204S 241

S 350 (20 x 20)S 500

23

Page 83: Lock & Cylinders

24 25

Fixing hole for doorfurnitureProvides for a solid,Through fixing of thedoor furniture

Product features

LatchProvides a durableClosure of the door.

ForendAs fixing element of the lock withthe door. The various design scopesof surfaces and shapes must bespecified in the order.

Locking methodFor profile cylinders with latch leverfunction.Also for Swiss round cylinders in someversions

BacksetIn ordersMust be specified

Lock caseFully enclosed, it protectsAs stable galvanized designThe function of the lock

Product features

Mortise locks for fire rated doorsLock 1125

Mortise locks for fire rated doors

Application: Fire rated doors (H80) requiring reversible locks

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance– available in backset 65 mm– usable DIN LH + RH by turning the lock – galvanized lock case fully enclosed– steel latch– additional steel deadbolt, single turn with 14 mm deadbolt projection– galvanized steel forend, 24 mm forend width

Lock 1206 + 6306Application: Fire rated doors, also with burglary prevention requirements

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance– according to DIN 18250 – class 3 (for contract doors) + class 5

(safety lock)– can be supplied in backsets 55, 65, 80 and 100 mm– Possibility of through fixings of conventional door furniture– galvanized lock case fully enclosed– galvanized steel latch,– class 3 with zinc-die cast deadbolt– class 5 with galvanized steel safety deadbolt

– reversible latch, usable DIN LH + RH– 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw– Various forend versions relative to form and

finish– Finish– as safety lock 6306 with 6 mm forend– as triple latch lock 6065 with additional latch

Locks 6138

Lock 2327Application: Fire rated doors, which are combined with various locking suites

Technical features:– Profile cylinder lock for 2 profile cylinders, 72 mm distance– with latch lever function– according to DIN 18250 – class 3– available in backset 32/65 mm– galvanized lock case fully enclosed– Galvanized steel latch– galvanized steel deadbolt– one turn deadbolt throw– various forend versions in regards to form and optics

Lock 2338 with locking to the topApplication: Custom designed fire rated doors

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance– for fire rated doors according to DIN 4102 – can be supplied in backsets 65, 80 and 100 mm– Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture– galvanized lock case fully enclosed– galvanized steel latch,– galvanized steel deadbolt– one turn deadbolt throw– various front versions in regards to form and optics– in conjunction with BKS spring bolt lock 1795

DeadboltSecures the closed door against Unauthorized entries

Locking to the topAs option for special designs in Combination with the BKS spring bolt lock1795 possible

FollowerReceives the spindle of thedoor furniture and operatesthe lock.

Page 84: Lock & Cylinders

26 27

Range / Order numbers

Single latch lock

Additional possibilities (upon request)

Specification text

BKS single latch lock 1125; usable DIN LH + RH, suitable for fire rated doors according to DIN EN 1634 + DIN 4102; galvanized forend, rounded; withlatch lever; enclosed galvanized lock case; 2-turn 9 mm steel follower; steel latch, galvanized; additional steel deadbolt, single turn, galvanized; centerdistance 72 mm; backset 65 mm

Single latch lock 1125 for fire rated doors

usable DIN LH + RH

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible striking platesFollower

B 9000 0775

Single latch lock 1125 for fire rated doors

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 mm

steelgalvanized

Rounded 1125000165

Page 85: Lock & Cylinders

28 29

Lock 1206 according to DIN 18250 for fire rated doors

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

DIN 18250 – class 3BKS fire rated door lock 1206 according to DIN 18250 – class 3 suitable for fire rated doors; galvanized steel forend (or stainless steel), rounded;galvanized enclosed lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 2-turn 9 mm steel follower; galvanized latch made of malleablecast iron; 2– turn zinc die-cast deadbolt; center distance 72 mm; with latch lever function; _____ mm backsetDIN 18250 – class 5BKS fire rated door lock 1206 according to DIN 18250 – class 5 suitable for fire rated doors; galvanized steel forend (or stainless steel), rounded;galvanized enclosed lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 2-part 9 mm self-clamping steel follower; galvanized latch madeof malleable cast iron; 2-turn zinc die-cast deadbolt; center distance 72 mm; with latch lever function; _____ mm backset

Lock 1206 according to DIN 18250 for fire rated doors

Other options (upon request)

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

Swiss round cylinder fixing holeDeadbolt and follower monitoringLatch and deadbolt with anti-friction coating

Gold-platedForend

Lock according to DIN 18250 – class 3 for profile cylinders

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm for rebated doors Forend 24 mm for flush doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

steelgalvanized

stainlesssteel

RoundedRoundedRoundedRoundedRoundedRoundedRoundedRounded

1206036312060365120603671206036912060379120603811206038312060385

1206036412060366120603681206037012060380120603821206038412060386

1206037112060373120603751206037712060387120603891206039112060393

1206037212060374120603761206037812060388120603901206039212060394

556580100556580100

Lock according to DIN 18250 – class 5 for profile cylinders

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm for rebated doors Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

steelgalvanized

stainlesssteel

RoundedRoundedRoundedRoundedRoundedRoundedRoundedRounded

1206033612060324120603401206036012060344120603281206033212060354

1206033712060325120603411206036112060345120603291206033312060355

1206033812060326120603421206010012060346120603301206033412060358

1206033912060327120603431206012112060347120603311206033512060359

556580100556580100

Class 5Class 3

B 9000 0319B 9000 0435B 9000 0248

B 9000 0320B 9000 0436

Page 86: Lock & Cylinders

30 31

Lock 2327 for fire rated doors

Range / Order numbers

Lock for double profile cylinder

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS mortise lock 2327 according to DIN 18250-class 3 suitable for fire rated doors; provided for 2 differently locking profile cylinders of backset 32 / 65mm , stainless steel forend, rounded; galvanized enclosed lock case, with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 9 mm malleable cast-ironfollower; one turn galvanized malleable cast-iron latch; center distance 72 mm; with latch lever function; backset 32 / 65 mm

Lock 2327 for fire rated doors

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

Roundedstainlesssteel B 2327 0003 B 2327 0004 B 2327 0007 B 2327 000632 / 65

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special version

Possible striking platesFollower

Swiss round cylinder fixing holeLatch and follower monitoring

Latch and deadbolt with anti-friction coating

B 9000 0319B 9000 0435B 9000 0248

B 9000 0320B 9000 0436

Gold platedforend

Page 87: Lock & Cylinders

32 33

Lock 2338 for profile cylinder

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS mortise lock 2338 for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 4102; with additional locking to the top, provided for the combination with spring boltlock 1795, in combination with tube 9037 with locking spring; stainless steel forend, rounded; galvanized enclosed lock case, with assembly friendly guideof the cylinder fixing screw; 9 mm malleable cast-iron follower; galvanized malleable cast-iron latch; 2-turn galvanized steel deadbolt; center distance 72mm; _________ mm backset

Lock 2338 for profile cylinder

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

Swiss round cylinder fixing holeDeadbolt and follower monitoring

Latch and deadbolt with anti-friction coating,unsafety latch fixing device

B 9000 0319B 9000 0435B 9000 0248

B 9000 0320B 9000 0436Gold plated

forend

Lock for profile cylinder

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

stainlesssteel

Rounded

Rounded

Rounded

B 2338 0007

B 2338 0009

B 2338 0011

B 2338 0008

B 2338 0010

B 2338 0012

B 2338 0001

B 2338 0003

B 2338 0005

B 2338 0002

B 2338 0004

B 2338 0006

65

80

100

Page 88: Lock & Cylinders

34 35

Spring bolt lock 1795 for lock 2338 with locking to the top

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

Spring bolt lockBKS spring bolt lock 1795 for fire rated doors according to DIN 4102, provided for the use with BKS mortise lock 2338, with additional locking to the top;in combination with tube 9037 with locking spring; stainless steel forend, rounded; galvanized guiding tube

TubeTube 9037 with locking spring for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 4102; provided for the use with BKS mortise lock 2338, with additional lockingto the top; in combination with BKS spring bolt lock 1795; galvanized tube; _____ mm door height

Spring bolt lock 1795 for lock 2338 with locking to the top

Spring bolt lock 1795

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 x 54 mm for rebated doorsusable DIN LH + RH usable DIN LH + RH

Forend 24 x 54 mm for flush doors

Stainless steel Rounded B 1795 0007 B 1795 0005--

Tube 9037 with locking spring

Door height

Rod length

Item

Up to 2,250 mm 2,251 mm – 2,500 mm 2,501 mm – 2,750 mm 2,751 mm – 3,000 mm

1,135 mm

B 9037 0001

1,385 mm

B 9037 0002

1,635 mm

B 9037 0003

1,885 mm

B 9037 0004

Other options (upon request)

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollow-er

B 9000 0567 (for 1795)

90371795

Page 89: Lock & Cylinders

36 37

Triple latch lock 6065 for fire rated doors

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS mortise tripe latch lock 6065 for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 4102; provided for use with the additional latch locks 6138 and connectingtube 9013; stainless steel forendt, rounded; galvanized enclosed lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 9 mm malleable cast-iron follower; galvanized malleable cast-iron latch; 1-turn galvanized steel deadbolt; center distance 72 mm; _________ mm backset

Triple latch lock 6065 for fire rated doors

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollow-er

Latch, deadbolt and follower monitoringUnsafety latch fixing device

B 9000 0319B 9000 0435B 9000 0248

B 9000 0320B 9000 0436

Triple latch lock for profile cylinders

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

stainlesssteel

Rounded

Rounded

Rounded

B 6065 0203

B 6065 0209

B 6065 0207

B 6065 0204

B 6065 0210

B 6065 0208

B 6065 0161

B 6065 0211

B 6065 0169

B 6065 0162

B 6065 0212

B 6065 0170

65

80

100

Page 90: Lock & Cylinders

38 39

Additional latch lock 6138 for triple latch lock 6065

Versions / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specifictation text

Additional latch lockBKS additional latch lock 6138 for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 4102; provided for use with the triple latch lock 6065 and connecting tube9013; stainless steel forend, rounded; galvanized enclosed lock case; galvanized malleable cast-iron latch; _____ mm backset

Connecting tubeBKS connecting tube 9013 for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 4102; for use with triple latch lock 6065 and additional latch locks 6138;galvanized steel; _____ mm door height

Additional latch lock 6138 for triple latch lock 6065

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollow-er

B 9000 0459B 9000 0523

Additional latch lock 6138

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

FrontForm

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

stainlesssteel

Rounded

Rounded

Rounded

B 6138 0145

B 6138 0147

B 6138 0149

B 6138 0146

B 6138 0148

B 6138 0150

B 6138 0109

B 6138 0125

B 6138 0117

B 6138 0110

B 6138 0126

B 6138 0118

65

80

100

Connecting tube 9013

Door height

Length of tube (B)

Item

1,972 mm 2,222 mm 2,472 mm

713 mm

B 9013 0031

963 mm

B 9013 0032

1,213 mm

B 9013 0033

90136138

Page 91: Lock & Cylinders

40 41

Safety lock 6306 for fire rated doors

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

BKS safety lock 6306 for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 18250 – class 5; with a 6 mm thick stainless steel forend, rounded; galvanizedenclosed lock case, with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 2 part steel follower, self-clamping, 9 mm; galvanized malleable cast-ironlatch; 2-turn galvanized steel deadbolt with a triple safety tumbler; center distance 72 mm; with latch levert function; ___ mm backset

Safety lock 6306 for fire rated doors

Other options (upon request)

BacksetIn mm

ForendAppearance Width Special designs

Possible striking platesFollower

Swiss round cylinder fixing holeDeadbolt and follower monitoringLatch and deadbolt with anti-friction coating

Gold platedforend

Forend dimensions20 x 235 mm

Forend dimensions24 x 235 mm

Lock for profile cylinder

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 x 280 mm for rebated doors Forend 24 x 280 mm for flush doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Stainless steel

Rounded

Rounded

Rounded

Rounded

63060035

63060037

63060039

63060041

63060036

63060038

63060040

63060042

63060043

63060045

63060047

63060049

63060044

63060046

63060048

63060050

55

65

80

100

B 9000 0319B 9000 0435B 9000 0248

B 9000 0320B 9000 0436

Page 92: Lock & Cylinders

Product featuresProduct features

The BKS locks in class 1 – 4 according to DIN 18 251Mortise locks for internal doors of class 1 – 4

Application: Light interior doors, such as in private living areas

Technical features:– warded or bath room lock without latch lever function– warded key in various curves– bathroom lock with additional bath follower for a combination with suitable door furniture for bathroom doors– available as 55 mm backset– Possibility for through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – Key block to stop the warded key – revised enclosed lock case to automatically supply doors in standard production– various forends versions in regards to form and optics

Application: Light internal doors, such as in private living areas

Technical features:– Cylinder lock with latch lever function– prepared for use of profile cylinders according to DIN 18 252– available as 55 mm backset– Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furtniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – enclosed lock case– various forend versions in regards to form and optics– 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw

Application: Contract doors and entrance apartment doors with frequent visitors in administrative and industrial buildings

Technical features:– Cylinder lock with latch lever function– provided for use of profile cylinders according to DIN 18 252– bathroom lock with additional bath follower for a combination with suitable door furniture for bathroom doors– Clamping follower with stronger anti-friction bearing to eliminate free play in the operation of the lock by the door

furniture– can be supplied in backsets 55, 60, 65, 70, 80 and 90 mm– Possibilty of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplated sets – enclosed lock case– various forend versions in regards to form and optics– 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw

Application: Heavy contract doors with a great amount of visitors in administrative and industrial buildings (such asgovernment offices), which also have to provide increased demands in regards to burglary preventionTechnical features:– Cylinder lock with latch lever function– provided for use of profile cylinders according to DIN 18 252– bathroom lock with additional bath follower for a combination with suitable door furniture for bathroom doors– Clamping follower with stronger anti-friction bearing to eliminate free play in the operation of the lock by the door fitting– can be supplied in backset 55, 60, 65, 70, 80, 90 and 100 mm– Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – enclosed lock case– with anti-drill hardened swarf protection steel bushes– various forend versions in regards to form and optics– 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw

LatchHolds the door in closedposition.

ForendAs fixing element of the lock withthe door.The various design scopes onsurfaces and shapes must bespecified in the order.

DeadboltSecures a closed door againstunauthorized entry.

Locking methodDepending on the use as bathroom, warded key or cylinderlock.

Sound dampeningProvides the necessary silencewhen closing the door in case ofcontract mortise locks and heavyduty mortise locks.

Fixing hole for doorfurnitureProduces a solid and continuousthrough fixing of the door furniture.In class 4 with swarf protectionsteel bushes.

FollowerReceives the spindle of thedoor furniture operates thelock.

Lock casefully enclosed, it protects thefunction of the lock.

BacksetMust be specified inorders.

42 43

Class4

Class 3

Class 2

Class 1

Page 93: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Warded lock

Specification text

Warded lockBKS internal mortise door lock 0215 in warded version according to DIN 18 251 – class 1; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel), rounded (orsquare); enclosed case with tapered form for an automatic access to the lock; plastic latch and deadbolt (or zinc die-cast for stainless steel front), plasticfollower with 8 mm square, for warded key with 72 mm center distance, with key block to stop the key, with warded key; 55 mm backset

Bathroom lockBKS bathroom mortise lock 0215 according to DIN 18251 – class 1Nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel) with rounded (or square) form, enclosed tapered case for an automatic lock access, 55 mm backset,bathroom lock with a 78 mm distance, plastic latch and deadlock (or zinc die-cast for stainless steel front), plastic follower with 8 mm square, 8 mm zincdie-cast bathroom follower

Lock 0215 – class 1

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 18 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

squareRoundedsquare

Rounded

02150293021501800215029502150285

02150294021501090215029602150286

02150297021500870215029902150105

02150298021501060215030002150088

02150207021501700215030202150287

02150301021501710215030302150288

55

55

Bathroom lock

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 18 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

squareRoundedsquare

Rounded

02150305021503070215030902150289

02150306021503080215031002150290

02150311021500490215031302150067

02150312021500500215031402150068

02150315021501720215031702150291

02150316021501730215031802150292

55

55

45

Other options (upon request)

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special version

Possible striking platesFollower

9 mmZinc die-cast latch +

deadbolt

S 401S 404S 411

280828092828

20 mm for flushdoors

Lock 0215 – class 1

44

Bathroom lockWarded lock

Brass, satin finishBrass, polishedBrass,hammerpaintedColoured painted

Page 94: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Lock for profile cylinder

Specification text

BKS internal mortise lock 0415 for profile cylinders according to DIN 18 251 – class 2; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel), rounded (or square);enclosed case; plastic follower with 8 mm square; 72 mm center distance; with latch lever function; zinc die-cast latch and deadbolt; 55 mm backset

Lock 0415 – class 2

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 18 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

Brass, satin finishBrass, polishedBrass,hammerpaintedColoured painted

squareRoundedsquare

Rounded

04150034041500310415007704150067

04150035041500320415007804150068

0415000504150009041500079041500019

04150006041500100415008004150020

04150007041500170415008104150041

04150008041500180415008204150042

55

55

47

Other options (upon request)

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

9 mmLatch + deadbolt of

Zinc die-cast

S 401S 404S 411

280828092828

Lock 0415 – class 2

46

Page 95: Lock & Cylinders

Lock 0515 – class 3

48

Range / Order numbers

Lock for profile cylinder

Specification textCylinder lockBKS mortise contract lock 0515 for profile cylinders according to DIN 18251 – class 3; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel); rounded (or square);galvanized enclosed locked lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; zinc die-cast latch and deadbolt, reinforced steel anti-fric-tion bearing with plastic follower (for stainless steel forend: 2 part steel clamping follower, self-clamping) with 8 mm(or 9 mm) square, with sound damping; center distance 72 mm; with latch lever function; _____ mm backsetBathroom lockBKS mortise contract lock 0515 for bathroom doors; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel); rounded (or square); galvanized enclosed locked lockcase with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; zinc die-cast latch and deadbolt, reinforced steel anti-friction bearing with plastic follower(for stainless steel forend: 2 part steel clamping follower, self-clamping) with 8 mm (or 9 mm) square with sound damping; bathroom deadbolt with 78 mmdistance, zinc die-cast bathroom follower with 8 mm square; _____ mm backset

Lock 0515 – class 3

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 18 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

squareRoundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Rounded

05150101051501030515010505150107051501090515011105150113051501150515012505150127051501290515013105150133051501350515013705150139

05150102051501040515010605150108051501100515011205150114051501160515012605150128051501300515013205150134051501360515013805150140

05150067051500010515011705150049051500750515000905150119051500330515008505150017051501410515005705150093051500250515014305150041

05150068051500020515011805150050051500760515001005150120051500340515008605150018051501420515005805150094051500260515014405150042

05150069051500030515012105150051051500790515001105150123051500350515008705150019051501450515005905150095051500270515014705150043

05150070051500040515012205150052051500800515001205150124051500360515008805150020051501460515006005150096051500280515014805150044

55

60

65

80

55

60

65

80

Bathroom lockForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 18 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

squareRoundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Rounded

05150149051501510515015305150155051501570515015905150161051501630515017305150175051501770515017905150181051501830515018505150187

05150150051501520515015405150156051501580515016005150162051501640515017405150176051501780515018005150182051501840515018605150188

05150077051500050515016505150053051500810515001305150167051500370515008905150021051501890515006105150097051500290515019105150045

05150078051500060515016605150054051500820515001405150168051500380515009005150022051501900515006205150098051500300515019205150046

05150071051500070515016905150055051500830515001505150171051500390515009105150023051501930515006305150099051500310515019505150047

05150072051500080515017005150056051500840515001605150172051500400515009205150024051501940515006405150100051500320515019605150048

49

Other options (upon request)BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking plates

7090

Follower

9 mmClampingfollower

Latch lockDeadbolt lockPlastic deadlock(only 55 mm backset)Offset deadbolt

Crank latchboltLatch fixing device

Warded insert

S 401S 404S 407S 411

280828092828

20 mm high. Bolt22 x 260 mm26 x 260 mm

Bathroom lockCylinder lock

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

55

60

65

80

55

60

65

80

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

Brass, satin finishBrass, polishedBrass,hammerpaintedColoured painted

Page 96: Lock & Cylinders

Lock 0615 – class 4

50

Range / Order numbers

Lock for profile cylinder

Specification text

Cylinder lockBKS heavy duty contract mortise lock 0615 for profile cylinder according to DIN 18251 – class 4; stainless steel forend; rounded (or square); galvanizedenclosed lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; malleable cast iron latch with maintenance-free guide slide bearing andsound damping (graphite or oil hole not required in the forend); steel deadbolt with tumbler, 2 part steel clamping follower, self-clamping with 8 mm (or 9 mm) square, reinforced steel friction bearing; with anti-drill hardened swarf protecting bushes made of steel; 72 mm center distance; with latch leverfunction; ____ mm backset

Bathroom lockBKS heavy duty contract mortise lock 0615 for bathroom doors; stainless steel forend; rounded (or square); galvanized enclosed lock case with assemblyfriendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; malleable cast iron latch with maintenance-free guide slide bearing and sound damping (graphite or oil hole notrequired in the forend); steel deadbolt; 2 part steel clamping follower, self-clamping with 8 mm (or 9 mm) square, reinforced steel friction bearing; withanti-drill hardened swarf protecting steel bushes; bathroom locking with a distance of 78 mm, bathroom follower of zinc die-cast with an 8 mm square;____ mm backset

Lock 0615 – class 4

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 18 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

stainlesssteel

squareRoundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Rounded

06150097061500870615009906150089061501010615009106150103061500930615010506150095

06150098061500880615010006150090061501020615009206150104061500940615010606150096

06150047061500010615004906150009061500510615001706150053061500250615005506150039

06150048061500020615005006150010061500520615001806150054061500260615005606150040

06150057061500030615005906150011061500610615001906150063061500270615006506150041

06150058061500040615006006150012061500620615002006150064061500280615006606150042

55

60

65

80

100

stainless steel

55

60

65

80

100

Bathroom lock

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 18 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

Forend 24 mm for flush doors

squareRoundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Roundedsquare

Rounded

06150117061501070615011906150109061501210615011106150123061501130615012506150115

06150118061501080615012006150110061501220615011206150124061501140615012606150116

06150067061500050615006906150013061500710615002106150073061500290615007506150043

06150068061500060615007006150014061500720615002206150074061500300615007606150044

06150077061500070615007906150015061500810615002306150083061500310615008506150045

06150078061500080615008006150016061500820615002406150084061500320615008606150046

51

Other options (upon request)

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking plates

7090

Follower

9 mmClamping follower

10 mm (only for wetroom execution)

Latch lockDeadbolt lockPlastic deadlock(only 55 mm backset)Latch + deadbolt withAnti-friction coatingFront bevel 3mm

Crank latchboltLatch fixingdeviceWarded insertWetroomexecutionoffset Deadbolt

S 350S 500S 204S 241

Brass, satinBrass, polished

22 x 260 mm26 x 260 mm

Bathroom lockCylinder lock

Page 97: Lock & Cylinders

52 53

Product features

Pivot hook boltprovides a secureclosure of the door.

ForendAs fixing element of the lock withthe door.The various spezial versions forsurfacesAnd forms must bespecified when ordering.

LockingmethodFor profile cylinders

BacksetIn ordersMust be specified

Guiding pinFinds the correct position whenclosing the door

Lock caseAs stable galvanized design, it pro-tects the function of the lock with asmall behind backset

Product features

Special locks for internal doorsRoller latch locks 0055 + 1058

Sliding door locks for internal doors

Application: Swing doors

Technical features:– Profile cylinder lock– roller latch adjustable from the front, adjusting range of 4 - 12 mm– available in backset of 55 mm– galvanized lock case fully enclosed – Brass roller latch – Zinc die-cast deadbolt, 2 turns with a 20 mm deadbolt projection– various forend versions in regards to form and optics– also available as swing door – latch lock

Sliding door locks 0353 + 0393Application: Sliding doors in the living area

Technical features:– Profile cylinder lock– available in backset of 55 mm– galvanized lock case fully enclosed– with a chrome plated hook bolt– Spring handle with release button– various forend versions in regards to form and optics– may also be combined for 2-leaf sliding elements with counter-case G353– available without spring handle, only with hook bolt as 0393

Sliding door lock 0375Application: Sliding doors in the living area

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 60 mm distance– available in backset of 55 mm– Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture– galvanized lock case fully enclosed– Steel hook latch, usable DIN LH and RH

Sliding door lock 0381 + 038 HFApplication: Sliding doors

Technical features:– profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance– can be supplied in backsets 55, 65, 70 and 80 mm– galvanized lock case fully enclosed– Steel hook latch, usable DIN LH and RH– optional with guiding pin as 0381HF to position the door when closing

FollowerReceives the of the door furnitureand operates the lock.

Page 98: Lock & Cylinders

Deabolt lock 0010

54

Range / Order numbers

Lock for profile cylinder

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS mortise deadbolt lock 0010 for profile cylinders; forend nickel silver painted (or stainless steel), square (or rounded); completely galvanized enclosedlock case; 2-turn zinc die-cast deadbolt, 20 mm projecting; ____ mm backset

Deadbolt lock 0010

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 18 mm for rebated doorsusable DIN LH + RH

Forend 20 mm for rebated doorsusablbe DN LH + RH

Front, 24 mm for rebated doorsusable DIN LH + RH

steelNickel-silver

square 00101001 00100110 0010010555

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible striking plates

6580

Follower

S 412stainlesssteel

RoundedForend

55

Page 99: Lock & Cylinders

Latch lock 0216

56

Range / Order numbers

Latch lock

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS mortise latch lock 0216; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square (or rounded); completely galvanized enclosed lock case; plasticfollower with 8 mm square; zinc die-cast latch; ___ mm backset

Latch lock 0216

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

20 mm forend for rebated doorsDIN LH DIN RH

steelNickel-silver

square 02161001 0216100255

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking plates

6065

Follower

S 400S 403

stainlesssteel

Rounded forend24 mm

57

Page 100: Lock & Cylinders

Swing door lock 0055

58

Range / Order numbers

Lock for profile cylinder

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS mortise door lock 0055 for profile cylinders; brass roller latch (for stainless steel forend: Roller latch also nickel plated), adjustable from the front;forend nickel silver painted (or stainless steel), square; completely galvanized lock case; 2-turn zinc die-cast deadbolt, 20 mm projecting; ____ mmbackset

Swing door lock 0055

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible striking platesFollower

6065

S 440stainlesssteel

59

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm DIN LH

Forend 20 mm Forend 24 mmusable DIN LH + RHDIN RH

steelNickel-silver

square 00551001 00551002 0055008255

Page 101: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Swing door lock

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

BKS mortise swing door lock 1058; brass roller latch (for stainless steel forend: Roller latch also nickel plated), adjustable from the front; nickel silverpainted forend (or stainless steel), square; completely galvanized enclosed lock case

Swing door latch lock 1058

usable DIN LH + RH

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible striking platesFollower

S 441Stainless steel

61

Swing door latch lock 1058

60

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 mm

steelNickel-silver

squareRounded

1058000110580002

Page 102: Lock & Cylinders

Sliding door lock 0353 +G353

62

Range / Order numbers

Other options (upon request)

Specification text

Sliding door lock 0353BKS mortise sliding door lock 0353; spring handle with release button; with hook bolt, chrome plated; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel orbrass, satin finish), square; completely galvanized enclosed lock case; ___ mm backset

Counter-case G353BKS mortise counter-lock case G353 for sliding door lock 0353; spring handle with release button; recess for hook bolt; nickel silver painted forend (orstainless steel or brass, satin finish), square; completely galvanized enclosed lock case;

Sliding door lock 0353 +G353

Sliding door lock 0353

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm

steelNickel-silver

squareRounded

0353100103530052

55

Counter-case G353 for sliding door lock 0353

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm

steelNickel-silver

squareRounded

G3531001G3530017

55

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking plates

6065

Follower

Rounded forend S 413

stainlesssteelBrass, satinfinish

63

Counter-case G353Sliding door lock 0353

Page 103: Lock & Cylinders

Sliding door lock 0371 + 0372

64

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

Sliding door lock 0375BKS mortise sliding door lock 0371 for profile cylinders (or warded keys); with hook bolt, chrome plated; nickel silver painted forend, square (or rounded);completely galvanized enclosed lock case; (warded version with solid key); ___mm backset

Sliding door lock 0375BKS mortise sliding door lock 0372 with folding key ring key; with curved bolt, chrome plated; nickel silver coated front, square (or rounded); completelygalvanized enclosed case; with warded key in folding key ring version; ___ mm backset

Sliding door lock 0371 + 0372

Sliding door lock 0371 for profile cylinders

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm

steelNickel-silver

squareRounded

0371003903710040

55

Sliding door lock 0371 for warded version with solid key

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm

steelNickel-silver

squareRounded

0371012303710089

55

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm

steelNickel-silver

squareRounded

0372001903720006

55

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking plates plates

6065

Follower

Rounded forend0371 in bathroom design

S 413Stainless steel

65

Other options (upon request)

Warded versionProfile cylinder

Sliding door lock 0372 for warded version with warded keyin folding key ring version

Page 104: Lock & Cylinders

Sliding door lock 0375

66

Range / Order numbers

Lock for profile cylinder

Specification text

BKS mortise sliding door lock 0375 for profile cylinders; with steel hook latch; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square (or rounded);completely galvanized enclosed lock case; 2-part zinc die-cast follower with 8 mm square; with latch lever; 55 mm backset

Sliding door lock 0375

67

Other options (upon request)

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width

Special versions Possible striking platesFollower

S 413Stainless steel

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mm

steelNickel-silver

squareRounded

0375001403750069

55

6065

Rounded forend0375 in bathroom design

Page 105: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

Sliding door lock 038HBKS mortise sliding door lock 0381 for steel doors; with steel hook latch, galvanized; galvanized forend (or stainless steel), square; completely galvanizedenclosed lock case; measurements according to DIN 18 251; zinc die-cast steel sash follower half shells, 9 mm square; with latch lever; provided forprofile cylinders, 72 mm center distance; ____ mm backset

Sliding door lock 0381HF with guiding pinBKS mortise sliding door lock 0381HF for steel doors; with steel hook latch, galvanized; with guiding pin; galvanized forend (or stainless steel), square;completely galvanized enclosed lock case; measurements according to DIN 18 251; zinc die-cast steel sash follower half shells, 9 mm square; with latchlever; provided for profile cylinders, 72 mm center distance; ____ mm backset

Sliding door lock 0381H + 0381HF with guiding pin

Lock 0381H for profile cylinder

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 mmusable DIN LH + RH

galvanized

square

square

square

square

03810007

03810008

03810017

03810010

55

65

70

80

Lock 0381HF for profile cylinder

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 24 mmusable DIN LH + RH

galvanized square03810009

03810016

65

70

BacksetIn mm

ForendFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking plates

55658090

Follower

S 448

stainlesssteel

69

Sliding door lock 0381H + 0381HF with guiding pin

68

Other options (upon request)

0381HF0381H

Page 106: Lock & Cylinders

Range / Order numbers

Specification text

BKS mortise sliding door lock 0393; spring-loaded handle with release button; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel or brass, satin finish), square;completely galvanized enclosed lock case;

Sliding door lock with spring-loaded handle 0393

Lock

BacksetIn mm

FrontFinish Width Special versions

Possible striking platesFollower

Stainless steelBrass, satin fin-ish

71

Sliding door lock with spring-loaded handle 0393

70

Other options (upon request)

ForendSurface

BacksetIn mm

ForendForm

Forend 20 mmusable DIN LH + RH

steelNickel-silver

squareRounded

0393002303930017

Page 107: Lock & Cylinders

72 73

Door handling

Front bevels

Locks with a sloping forends are required if the leading edge of the door is bevelled. The forend slope isexpressed according to a door thickness of 45 mm and is specified by the number of mm the slopedeviates from a right angle. Since doors currently may have various door thicknesses, it is recommend-ed that the angle is measured with a purpose made protractor and given on the order.The standard bevel in locks for internal doors is 3 mm, and 5 mm in locks for entrance doors.

Attention! Inward opening ebeveled locks actually receive a shorter backset and outward openingbeveled locks a larger backset.

The crank latchbolt is a two-part latch whose middle part hits the strike plate or thesteel door frame. This part pushes the latch into the lock forend by a lever actionn. Thusthe closing of the doorIs damped and quietened.

As an alternative, we also offer a special anti-friction coating for the standard latch,which also provides noise reduction.

The special BKS anti-friction coating has characteristics that no other coating methodhas:Chemical resistanceLow friction coefficientWater and oil repellentHeat and cold resistant

The low friction coefficient is of great significance for an easy and therefore quiet clo-sure of doors, especially also for doors with gasket.

Locks which are intended for Swiss round cylinders (such as KABA, KESO) require thefollowing attention:

The distance from the middle of the follower is 2 mm longer than the comparabledimension of profile cylinders.

Example: PZ 72 mm = CH-RZ 74 mm

Warded insert madeof metal

Single differKeyed alike

B 9080 0002B 9080 0003

In order to disable the latch of a mortise lock during daily operation, a latch fixing device may beinstalled in locks of class 3 + 4 upon request.A mortise lock with a withdrawn and fixed latch enables an unchecked door access.

After releasing the fixing device, the latch may then again be operated via the latch lever by usingthe lever

Note: The specification text must be added accordingly “...with latch fixing device”.

Latch fixing device

Crank latchbolt + special anti-friction coating

Swiss round cylinder

Warded insert

Product adviceProduct advice

Left outside – DIN leftLever showing to the left

Left inside = DIN rightLever showing to the left

Right inside = DIN leftLever showing to the right

Right outside = DIN rightLever showing to the right

Cent

er

Cent

er P

Z

Swis

sRo

und

cylin

der

Key hole profile 0 Key hole profile 1 Key hole profile 2 Key hole profile 3 Key hole profile 6 Key hole profile 7

Description Order NumberFeatures

Inside Inside Inside Inside

Outside Outside Outside Outside

Page 108: Lock & Cylinders

75

Product features

74

Strike plate B 9000 for B 2154

Strike plate B 9000 for B 2154

Striking plates

Finish Order Number

DIN LHDIN RH

stainlesssteel

B 9000 0195B 9000 0196

Suitable for locks:B 2154

BKS lipped strike plate 9000 for automatic lockinglocks 2154; suitable for normal application, squareends

FinishOrder Numbersquare Rounded

DIN LHDIN RH

stainlesssteel

B 9000 0205B 9000 0206

B 9000 0203B 9000 0204

Suitable for locks:B 2154

BKS angular strike plate 9000 for automatic lockinglocks 2154; suitable for normal application, square(rounded) ends

Strike plates for rebated doors

Angular strike plates are used in conventional rebated doors in Germany.

The angle assures that the latch of the lock does not damage the door frame and lock arbitrarily when closingthe door.

This is supported by the use of locks with a special anti-friction coating on the latch or on the crank latch-bolts.

Strike plates for flush doors

Lipped strike plates are used in the flush doors common in Europe and Germany.

The lip assures that the latch of the lock does not damage the surface of the door frame and close arbitrarilywhen closing the door.

This is supported by the use of locks with a special anti-friction coating on the latch or on the crank latch-bolts.

Safety strike plates for entrance doors

Frames must be stable and connected to the masonry. Strike plates that are extended or anchored in mason-ry S350 or S500 may impede opening the door in the lock area essentially.A masonry anchor provides increased safety.

The possibility also exists to achieve greater safety with strike plate S204 in the area of entrance apartmentdoors. A stable receiving plate provides a solid connection with the frame.

Strike plates for internal doors

A wide variety of strike plates is used in conventional internal doors in Germany. So-called “U” shaped strikeplates are frequently used by the door manufacturers. These are identified by an appropriately formed strikeplate which is generally created on the same surface as the appropriated mortise locks.

The plastic furring provide an attractive appearance of the frames on the frequently open doors.

The strike plates are generally assembled from the inside of the frame and resists normal application.

Range / Order numbers

Range / Order numbers

Page 109: Lock & Cylinders

Strike plate B 9000 for 1206/2114/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Long design (235 mm)Various lip lengths

Square forend

Suitable for locks:1206 23272114 23382124 60652174 6306

BKS lipped strike plate 9000, for locks1206/2114/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306; Short design; suitable for normal application; roundedends

Finish Order Number

DIN LHDIN RH

stainlesssteel

B 9000 0435B 9000 0436

Range / Order numbers

Strike plate B 9000 for 1206/2114/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306

Suitable for locks:1206 23272114 23382124 60652174 6306

BKS angled strike plate 9000, for locks1206/2114/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306;usable DIN Left + Right; suitable for normalapplication

FinishOrder Numbersquare Rounded

DIN LHDIN RH

Stainless steel B 9000 0247 B 9000 0248

Range / Order numbers

7776

Strike plate B 9000 for spring bolt lock 1795

Suitable for locks:1795

BKS lipped strike plate 9000, for latch 1795; suitable fornormal application; rounded ends

Finish Order Number

DIN LHDIN RH

Stainless steel B 9000 0567

Range / Order numbers

Strike plate B 9000 for locks 1206/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306

Striking plates Striking plates

Suitable for locks:1206 23272114 23382124 60652174 6306

BKS strike plate 9000, straight, for locks1206/2114/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306; Suitable for normal application;Rounded form

Finish Order Number

DIN LHDIN RH

Stainless steelB 9000 0319B 9000 0320

Range / Order numbers

Page 110: Lock & Cylinders

79

Striking plate S204

Striking plate S241

Striking plates

Other options (upon request)

Finish Crank dimension Order Number

0IronSatin nickel-plated S2040008

Finish Special versions

Brass, polishedBrass, satin finish

Suitable for locks:0515 62060615 630660316043

BKS safety angled Striking plate S204 for entranceapartment doors; with furring for a 20 mm deadboltprojection; suitable for heavy application; suitable forDIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Crank dimension Order Number

0 S2410004

Finish Special versions

Gold-plated iron

Iron

Suitable for locks:0515 62060615 630660316043

BKS safety angled striking plate S241 for entranceapartment doors; with furring for a 20 mm deadboltprojection; suitable for heavy application; suitable forDIN LH + DIN RH

78

Strike plate B 9000 for B 6138

Strike plate B 9000 for additional latch lock 6138

Striking plates

Suitable for locks:6138

BKS lipped strike plate 9000, for additional latch lock6138; suitable for normal application; rounded ends

Suitable for locks:6138

BKS angled strike plate 9000, for additional latch lock6138; suitable for normal application; rounded ends

FinishOrder Number

DIN LHDIN RH

Stainless steel B 9000 0523

Range / Order numbers

FinishOrder Number

DIN LHDIN RH

Stainless steel B 9000 0459

Range / Order numbers

Range / Order numbers

Range / Order numbers

Page 111: Lock & Cylinders

81

Striking plate 2808

Striking plate 2809

Striking plates

80

Striking plate S350

Strike plate S500

Striking plates

Other options (upon request)

Finish Order Number

Brass, satin finishNickel-plated

yellowchromatized

S3500005

S3500002

Finish Special version

Brass, polishedBrass, satin finish

Suitable for locks:06151206604362066306

BKS safety angled striking plate S350 for apartmententrance doors; 350 mm long; side length of 20 x 20mm; square ends, suitable for heavy application; suit-able for DIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Order Number

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S2800049

S2800015

FinishSpecial versions

Furring for 2-turn locks

Brass, polishedBrass, satin finish

Suitable for locks:02150415

BKS SECUR striking plate 2808 for internal door locksaccording to DIN 18251; with plastic furring for singleturn locks; with attaching lip; suitable for mediumapplication; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Order Number

Brass, satin finishNickel-plated

yellowchromatized

S5000003

S5000002

Finish Special versions

Brass, polishedBrass, satin finish

Suitable for locks:06151206604362066306

BKS safety angled strike plate S500 forapartment entrance doors; 500 mm long; side lengthof 20 x 20 mm; square ends, suitable for heavy appli-cation; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Order Number

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S2800048

S2800016

Finish Special versions

S2800013S2800014

Brass, polishedBrass, satifn finish

Suitable for locks:02150415

BKS angled striking plate 2809 for internal door locksaccording to DIN 18251; 20 mm wide + 9 mm thick;with plastic furring for single turn locks; with attach-ing lip; suitable for medium application; suitable forDIN LH + DIN RH

Range / Order numbers

Range / Order numbers

Range / Order numbers

Range / Order numbers

Page 112: Lock & Cylinders

BKS lipped strike plate S404 for internal doors withrounded ends and for external doors with square endsaccording to DIN 18251; suitable for light application

83

Striking plate S403

Striking plate S404

Striking plates

82

Striking plate S400

Striking plate S401

Striking plates

Other options (upon request)

Finish Order Number

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S4000013

S4000008

Finish Special versions

Brass, polishedBrass, satin finish

Suitable for locks:0216

BKS angled striking plate S400 for BKS latch lock0216; suitable for light application; square ends; suit-able for DIN LH + DIN RH

Finish Order Number

DIN LHDIN RHDIN LHDIN RH

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S4040019S4040020S4040015S4040016

Finish Order Number

DIN LHDIN RHDIN LHDIN RH

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S4040104S4040105S4040011S4040012

Suitable for locks:0216

BKS lipped strike plate S403 for BKS latch lock 0216;suitable for light application; rounded ends; suitablefor DIN LH + DIN RH

Suitable for locks:0215, 0515, 6031, 0415, 0024, 0672

Finish Order Number

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S4010088

S4010012

Range / Order numbers internal doorsRange / Order numbers internal doors

Range / Order numbers entrance doors

Finish Order Number

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S4010091

S4010050

Range / Order numbers external doors

BKS angled striking plate S401 for internal door lockrelative to DIN 18251; suitable for light application;rounded ends (10 mm radius); for internal doors andsquare ends for external doors; suitable for DIN LH +DIN RH

Suitable for locks:0215 0515 60310415 0024 0672

Range / Order numbers Range / Order numbers

Finish Order Number

Roundedsquare

steelNickel-silver

S4030007S4030001

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special version

Brass, polishedBrass, satin finish

Other options (upon request)

Finish Special versions

Brass, polishedBrass, satin finish

Page 113: Lock & Cylinders

85

Striking plate S412

Striking plate S413

Striking plates

84

Striking plate S407 for offset deadbolts

Striking plate S411

Striking plates

Other options (upon request)

Finish Order Number

DIN LHDIN RHDIN LHDIN RH

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S4070057S4070058S4070009S4070010

Finish Special versions

Brass, polishedBrass, sating finish

Suitable for locks:05156031

BKS angled striking plate S407 for internal door lockswith offset deadbolts; suitable for light application,rounded ends (6 mm radius)

Other options (upon request)

Finish Order Number

steelNickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4120024

S4120013

Finish Special versions

Rounded forend

Suitable for locks:0010

BKS striking plate S412 for BKS latch lock 0010;suitable for light application; square ends; suitable forDIN LH + DIN RH

Suitable for locks:0371 03530372 0375

BKS striking plate S413 for BKS sliding door locks0371/0372/0353/0375; suitable for light application;rounded endsusable DIN LH + RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Order Number

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S4110104

S4110014

FinishSpecial versions

Furring for 2-turn locks

Brass, polishedBrass, satin finish

Suitable for locks:0215 05150415 6031

BKS angled striking plate S411 for internal door locksaccording to DIN 18251; with plastic furring for oneturn locks; suitable for light application; suitable forDIN LH + DIN RH

Range/Order numbers for 0371/0372/0353

Range/Order numbers for 0375

Range / Order numbersRange / Order numbers

Range / Order numbers

Finish Order Number

squareRoundedsquare

Rounded

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S4130023S4130026S4130004S4130008

Finish Order Number

squareRoundedsquare

Rounded

steelNickel-silver

Stainless steel

S4130039S4130036S4130012S4130016

Page 114: Lock & Cylinders

87

Striking plate S448

Striking plate 2828

Strking plates

86

Striking plate S440

Striking plate S441

Striking plates

Finish Order Number

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S4400012

S4400004

Suitable for locks:0055

BKS strike plate S440 for BKS swing door locks 0055;suitable for light application; square ends; suitable forDIN LH + DIN RH

Finish Order Number

galvanized

stainlesssteel

S4480003

S4480002

Finish Order Number

galvanized

stainlesssteel

S4480004

S4480009

Suitable for locks:0381H0381HF

BKS strike plate S448 for BKS sliding door locks 0381;suitable for medium application wear; square ends;suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Order Number

steelNickel-silver

S4410011

Finish Special versions

stainlesssteel

Suitable for locks:1058

BKS strike plate S441 for BKS swing door locks 1058;suitable for light application; square ends; suitable forDIN LH + DIN RH

Other options (upon request)

Finish Order Number

steelNickel-silver

stainlesssteel

S2820069

S2820061

FinishSpecial versions

Furring for 2-turn locks

Brass, satin finishBrass, polished

Suitable for locks:02150415

BKS “U” shaped strike plate 2828 for internal doorlocks according to DIN 18251; 28 mm wide + 8 mmthick; with plastic furring for single turn locks; withattaching clamp; suitable for medium application;suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH

Range/Order numbers for 0381H

Range/Order numbers for 0381HF

Range / Order numbers

Range / Order numbers

Versions / Order numbers

Page 115: Lock & Cylinders

The following information regarding locks must be observed in accordance withthe manufacturer's liabilities of his products defined in the product liabilitiesstatute.

Noncompliance releases us from any liabilities.

1. Product information and use as directedA lock generally has the function to lock and block a door. Simple lock designsserve only to lock the door. This designates that a door is kept closed so that itcannot be opened by pulling or pushing, but may be opened by a simple method,such as by moving the lever. The lock latch – generally only called latch – servesas lock.

Securing the closed door by at least one projecting door latch or by blocking of adeadbolt, which meshes into the appropriate recess of the jamb and or the lock-ing plate, is called blocking.

The deadbolt must be blocked against pushing back in its projected position. Inaddition, the door must be effectively difficult to open without the proper key.

The door may only be blocked in a previously closed condition.Cylinder attachment screws must be coordinated or adjusted to the backsetlength.

A mortice lock is a lock which is inserted into a recess in the door leaf (lock pock-et) and screwed on.The following must be observed to assure proper use:- Locks, locking plates, door fittings, attaching devices and locking cylinders

must be matched.

- The current “state of technology” must be applied for a proper installation, themaintenance and possibly a replacement. This is documented in the stan-dards of these products and in instructions or manufacturer's catalogues.

Locks for anti-panic doors or special locks generally do not require an immediateuse of keys when activating the door fitting (such as the door lever).Locks for anti-panic doors or special locks may only be combined with lockingcylinders with a so-called turning handles (such as knob cylinders) if this is con-tractually approved by the lock's manufacturer. It is commonly suggested thatonly the owners of the keys have the right to activate the lock, meaning that theactivation of a lock through a knob cylinder (or without a key) is not considered tobe as a normal case.

Simultaneously pulling back the latch and the prelocked deadbolt only by activat-ing the door lever is a special case and may not replace the “normal” key rota-tion to pull back the deadbolt.

Locking cylinder may only be unconditionally installed in locks when they are sub-ject to a dimension standard (DIN 18252) and if such locks are clearly preparedfor locking cylinders under this standard.In all other cases, the manufacturer, dealer, fabricator or consumer of such locksmust obtain the certainty that the locking cylinders he selected are suitable fortheir intended use.The necessary legal regulations and manufacturer's instructions must beobserved. For example, no locking cylinders with a button, knob, or a similar han-dle may be installed in anti-panic locks.General terms, provided these are not explained in catalogue pages, broschures,price lists or on the internet are explained in the standards relevant for theseproducts (such as DIN 18250, DIN 18251, DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN 1125, DIN EN 1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209).Deviations from the particular relevant standard must be specified in the order.

2. Incorrect useAn incorrect use – meaning a product use not as directed– of locks, for example,is, when- The flawless use is prevented by inserting foreign objects into the lock or into

the locking plate.- When interfering or assaulting the lock or locking plate, which results in a

change of the structure, the effectiveness or the function.- The lock bolt is prelocked to keep the door open.- The closing elements are assembled to be blocked in their function or are

subsequently treated (for example, painted).- If a load is attached to the lever connection which exceeds the normal force

applied by hand.- If unsuitable, such as dimensionally deviating or incorrect keys are being

used.- If an expansion or reduction of the required door gap develops when re-

adjusting the hinges or when lowering the door.- If a non-approved double wing door is opened past the inactive wing.- When gripping between the door leaf and the jamb when closing the doors.- when simultaneously activting the lever and the key.

3. Product performanceIf the product performance is not explicitly defined in our catalogues, broschures,price lists, performance specifications, etc., the requirements must be coordinat-ed with us.

The relevant standards serve as guidelines (for example, DIN 18250, DIN 18251,DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN 18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN 1125, DIN EN1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209).

Basic requirements and additional requirements are defined in these standards.

The serviceability of locks also depends of the operating frequency, operatingmethod, environmental effects and maintenance.

Lock, strike plate, door fittings, locking cylinders and keys must be replaced assoon as problems occur despite proper maintenance.This also applies to attempts to forcefully overcome locks and their accessories(burglary attempts).

4. Product maintenanceLocks must be lubricated with suitable lubricants at least once per year – morefrequently after wear. Door fitting, strike plate and locking cylinder must bechecked for their proper condition and their installation. Only cleaning materialthat do not contain any corrosion-promoting ingredients may be used.

5. Information and instruction dutiesThe following documents and services are available to specialty dealers, lock-smiths, architects, planners, fabricators and users upon request, in order to com-ply with the informational and instructional duties of the product liability statutes:- Catalogues, broschures- Advertising copies, quotation documents, keying plans- The relevant standards serve as guidelines, for example, DIN 18250, DIN

18251, DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN 18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN1125, DIN EN 1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209 (Exclusive selling rights ofthe Beuth Verlag GmbH, Berlin 30).

- Instructions for installation, operation and maintenance

For the selection of locks and the installation, operation and maintenance,- architects and planners should consider to request and observe all required

product information from us.- Specialty dealers must consider to observe product information and refer-

ence in the price lists and specifically request all necessary instructions fromus and to forward these to the fabricators.

- Fabricators must consider to observe all product information and specifical-ly request operating and maintenance instructions from us and to forwardthese to contractors and consumers.

Product information for locks

88 89

The following references

must be noted when using

BKS locks and fittings.

1. The door leaf should not be drilled in the area ofthe lock installed.

2. The spindle should not be knocked through thefollower using a hammer. Carefully push a 2-partfollower00 by using a softface mallet.

5. The latch bolt and dead bolt should not be paintedover.

4. The distance between forend and striker should bebetween 2 and 5 mm.

3. The door leaf should not be carried using the handles.

Product information for locks

2 to 5 mm

Page 116: Lock & Cylinders

8. The deadbolt should not be extended while thedoor is open.

9. The handle and the key should not be operatedsimultaneously.

10. Anti-panic locks should not be left with a key in them. 11. Anti-panic locks should not be fitted with lockingcylinders with thumb turn or turn knob.

6. The handle should not be operated in the wrongdirection. In use a maximum load of 150 N on the handleshould not be exceeded.

7. The lock should not be operated with any foreignobjects.

12. Panic doors should only be used in case of emergency(no frequent use).

13. Double leaf doors should not be forced open usingthe inactive leaf.

14. As soon as there are visible signs of physical attack(e.g. bent bolts), the lock must be replaced.

15. Locks are the be lubricated at least once a year(non-resinogenic oil).

Product information for locksProduct information for locks

9190

Exclusion of liability

The BKS products are permanently adapted to growing market's requirements and developed further.We also reserve for changes serving the technological progress.

This necessity is based on:– technical development– change and adaptation in product range– adaptation to changed laws and technical standards.

We have arranged the content of our documents with the greatest possible care.We therefore ask for your understanding that we take no responsibility for possible mistakes with regard to presentation and description of the products.Many thanks for your understanding.

year

Page 117: Lock & Cylinders

DIN 107Description left and right in the construction industry

DIN 1080, part 1Terms, symbols and units in civil engineering, basics

DIN 4102, part 5 + 18Part 5: Fire performance of building materials and components; firebarriers, barriers in elevator shaft walls and fire-resistant glazingPart 18: Fire performance of building material and components; firebarriers; proof of “self-locking” properties (continuous operation test)

DIN 18 055Windows; joint impermeability, water penetration resistance andmechanical stress; specifications and tests

DIN 18,082, part 1 +3Part 1: Fire barriers, steel doors T30-1, model APart 3: Fire barriers, steel doors T30-1, model B

DIN 18 095, part 1 +2Part 1: Doors; smoke protection doors; terms and specificationsPart 2: Doors; smoke protection doors; design test of the long-termoperational reliability and weathertightness

DIN 18 100Doors; wall openings for doors; Dimensions compliant with DIN 4173

DIN 18 101Doors, doors for apartment construction; door leaf sizes, hinge seatingand lock seating; interrelationship between dimensions

DIN 18,111, part 1Door jambs, steel jambs, standard jambs for rebated doors

DIN 18 250Mortice locks for fire barriers

DIN 18 251Locks; mortice locks for doors

DIN 18 252Locking cylinders for door locks; terms, descriptions

DIN 18 255Building hardware; door handles, doorplates and door rosettes – terms,dimensions, specifications

DIN 18 257Building hardware; protective coatings – terms, dimensions, specifica-tions, tests and identifications

DIN 18 273Building hardware; door handle sets for fire barriers and smoke protec-tion doors – terms, dimensions, specifications and tests

DIN 18 357Official Contracting Terms for the Award of Construction PerformanceContracts Part C: General technical contract requirements for con-struction services (General Pricing Regulations) Fitting operations

DIN 18 361Official Contracting Terms for the Award of Construction PerformanceContracts Part C: General technical contract requirements for con-struction services, glazing operations

DIN 68 706 part 1Interior doors of wood and wood materials, barrier door leaves, terms,prefered dimensions, structural features

DIN EN 179Emergency exit locks with handle or joint plate

DIN EN 1125Anti-panic door locks with horizontal control bar

DIN EN 1154Door closing device with controlled closing process

DIN EN 1303Building hardware – locking cylinders for locks – specifications andtesting procedures

DIN V ENV 1627Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – specifications andclassification

DIN V ENV 1628Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures tocalculate the resistance under static stress

DIN V ENV 1629Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures tocalculate the resistance under dynamic stress

DIN V ENV 1630Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures tocalculate the resistance to counter manual burglary attempts

DIN EN 1634 Part 1 + 3Fire resistance tests for door and connecting devicesPart 1: Fire barriersPart 3: Smoke protection barriers

DIN EN 1906Building hardware, door handles, and door knobs – specifications andtesting procedures

A complete Quality Assurance System in correspondence with DIN EN ISO 9001 guarantees consistently high quality of allprocesses at BKS.

This Quality Assurance standard applies the highest demands at the European level and is not relative to production, but also to otherbusiness sectors such as research, order processing or customer service. This standard applies to all manufacturing sections at BKS(locking cylinders, door locks, fittings, electronics and door closers).

The extensive product range of the G.U-BKS group is designed for heavy-duty use and coordinated.

The high performance level in regards to quality, dependability and long life can only be assured when coordinated products are used.The program variety of the G. U-BKS group makes it possible to use this advantage.

This is documented by the appropriate tests and registrations, relative to the standards and specifications.These certificates may be requested, if desired.

The most diverse standards and specifications exist for doors and related products. The most important are listed in the following:

QualityRelevant standards

92 93

Page 118: Lock & Cylinders

1. General / Scope of Application

1.1 Our Sales Terms and Conditions are exclusively applicable; we do not recognise con-trary terms and conditions by the Purchaser or terms and conditions deviating fromour Sales Terms and Conditions unless they have been explicitly approved by us in wri-ting. Our Sales Terms and Conditions shall be applicable even if we carry out deliveryto the Purchaser without reservation and with the knowledge of contrary terms andconditions or terms and conditions deviating from our Sales Terms and Conditions.

1.2 All agreements made between us and the Purchaser in view of performance of thepresent contract have been stipulated in writing in the present contract.

1.3 Our Sales Terms and Conditions are only valid vis-à-vis a contractor within the mean-ing of § 14 BGB [German Civil Code].

1.4 Our Sales Terms and Conditions shall also be valid for subsequent orders. For currentand future business relations the Sales Terms and Conditions shall be valid as frame-work terms and conditions even if not explicitly agreed upon in future.

1.5 In addition to our General Terms and Conditions our "Installation Guidelines", "Installa-tion Instructions" and “Product Informations” shall be valid.

2. Offer / Offer Documentation

2.1 Our offer is subject to alterations unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation.After a purchase order has been placed by the customer, a contract is entered into byour written order confirmation. The contents of the contract shall be governed by ourwritten order confirmation.

2.2 Warranty of a quality or acceptance of an independent guarantee on contract conclu-sion moreover must be explicitly identified in writing accordingly.

2.3 Subsequent modifications of the contract contents must also be made in writing. 2.4 We reserve property rights and copyrights in illustrations, drawings, calculations and

other documents; they must not be made available to third parties. This is especiallyapplicable to such written documents identified as being "confidential". Prior to theirtransmittal to third parties the Purchaser requires our explicit written approval.

3. Prices / Payment Terms and Conditions

3.1 Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, our prices are to be understood"ex works" excluding packing and transport charges, insurance and other contingen-cies; these shall be invoiced separately.

3.2 For pieces or parts which we produce on a special demand or order of the Purchaserwe inform the Purchaser about the amount of the production.

3.3 Statutory value-added tax is not included in our prices; it will be shown separately onthe invoice on the day of invoicing in the amount stipulated by law.

3.4 Discount deduction requires a special written agreement. Independent of such a writ-ten agreement it is stipulated that a discount of 3 % on the net invoice value shall begranted if payment is received within 10 days as from date of invoice. If payment isreceived within 30 days, we will grant 2 % discount on the net invoice value. No dis-count will be granted on new invoices as long as still open balances from former invo-ices exist. Payments will always be used for settlement of the oldest debit item.

3.5 Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, the purchase price is due forpayment net (without deduction) within 60 days as from date of invoice. If thePurchaser defaults, we shall be entitled to request arrears on interest in the amount of8 % above the respective basic interest published. But the Purchaser shall be entitledto prove to us that no damage or a damage of a far minor importance has occurred forus as a result of the delay of payment.

3.6 The Purchaser shall only be entitled to setoff rights if his counterclaims have legalforce, are undisputed or have been recognised by us. The Purchaser shall be entitledto exercise a general lien in so far as his counterclaim is based upon the same con-tractual relationship.

3.7 We shall not be obliged to accept bills of exchange or cheques. If cheques or bills ofexchange are accepted on a case to case basis upon prior agreement, this will only bemade in fulfilment by invoicing the discount charges and collection charges whichhave to be paid by the customer immediately in cash. Accepted bills and cheques willbe finally credited after having been honoured. Acceptance of cheques or bills ofexchange will be made without prejudice for later payment obligations. We shall notbe responsible for timely presentation, protest and return of the bill of exchange, if ithas not been honoured.

3.8 If a bill of exchange or a cheque is not honoured in time or if a payment term grantedis exceeded, all debts still open at that time – also debts for which a respite has beengranted and debts for which bills of exchange or cheques have been given – becomeimmediately due for payment.

4. Delivery / Delivery Time

4.1 Prior to start of the delivery time indicated by us all technical questions must havebeen clarified. If we inform the Purchaser about delivery times these informations arenot binding and show only a foreseeable delivery time.

4.2 Observance of our delivery obligation moreover requires timely and orderly fulfilmentof the Purchaser's obligations, especially observance of the agreed upon paymentterms and conditions. The defence of a non-fulfilled contract remains reserved.

4.3 If the Purchaser has been put on notice to take delivery or if he violates any otherduties of co-operation, we shall be entitled to request indemnification of the damageincurred to us to that extent including eventual surplus expenditure. Further claimsremain reserved.

4.4 If the prerequisites of item 4.3 exist, the risk of an accidental destruction or an acci-dental deterioration of the object purchased passes onto the Purchaser at that point intime when the Purchaser has been put on notice to take delivery or is in debtor's delay.

4.5 If non-observance of the delivery time is due to Force Majeure such as for examplemobilization, war, riot or similar incidents such as for example strike, lock-out, thedelivery time is extended by the duration of the incidents causing the delay in so faras these impediments can be proven to have a major influence on completion or deli-very. The same applies if these circumstances occur at sub-suppliers.

4.6 Partial deliveries are admissible within a reasonable extent. 4.7 We shall be liable in general only for delay in delivery in accordance with statutory pro-

visions of the German Commercial Code and the German Civil Code. 4.8 Moreover we shall be liable in accordance with statutory provisions in so far as the

delay in delivery is based upon an intentional or grossly negligent contract violationfor which we are responsible; we shall also be responsible for a fault caused by ourrepresentatives or vicarious agents.

4.9 In so far as the delay in delivery is merely based upon simple fault and no mandatoryliability is applicable due to violation of life, body or health, our liability for defaultdamages is limited in such a way that the Purchaser can request each 0.5 percent foreach completed week of delay but in total not more than 5 percent of the price for thatdelivery portion which due to the delay could not be put into useful operation. This isnot connected with a modification of the burden of proof to the Purchaser's disad-vantage. The Purchaser's legal right to rescind remains unaffected.

4.10 Goods which have been reported to be ready for shipment have to be called by thePurchaser immediately but not later than after a delay of 20 calendar days after havingbeen informed of the readiness for shipment. If no call occurs, we shall be entitled toput the goods on stock and store them upon our own discretion at Purchaser's riskand treat them as delivered ex works.

4.11 If shipment or delivery of the goods is delayed on request or upon instigation of thePurchaser, storage charges may be invoiced starting from one month after notificationof readiness for shipment in the amount of 1% of the invoice value for each monthstarted. The storage charges shall be limited to 5 % of the invoice value unless higherstorage charges can be proven by us.

4.12 Fulfilment of our obligation in accordance with the German Packaging Regulations hasbeen transferred by us to a authorized Company who sets up appropriate collectingboxes for packing material which has to be taken back in places where large quanti-ties and small quantities of packing material occurs. Overwraps and sales packageswill be taken back by us only via this authorized Company. Outside the scope of appli-cation of the Packaging Regulations no packing material will be taken back by us.

5. Participation Duties of our Customers

5.1 Participation services by the customer which are explicitly or tacitly agreed upon wit-hin the scope of the contract will be performed without special remuneration unlessspecified otherwise.

5.2 The customer shall be obliged to inform us on all facts in time from which it resultsthat stock and products in store with us which have been placed at disposal in view ofproduction capacities reported to us cannot be used or cannot be fully used. If resi-dual stock remains, the customer will accept the stock and eventual charges for theirdestruction in case of premature modification of his disposition. The same applies alsoto products for which we had to order minimum quantities from our suppliers in sofar as we had pointed out this fact to our customer in advance.

5.3 The customer guarantees that the products supplied by him for further processing aresuitable for this purpose. We are not obliged to inspect the products supplied by thecustomer for their property and fitness in view of further processing. Within the scopeof current business relations as well as when a processing item has primarily beeninspected, tested and released, the customer shall be obliged to inform us of his ownaccord about each product change. In cases of current processing of items the custo-mer shall be further obliged – for each modification of the production conditions in hisplant especially when replacing tools, machines or when introducing new productionprocedures – to inspect the item to be processed by us for variations and modifica-tions and to inform us in writing of such variations and modifications.

5.4 We shall not be obliged to check the correctness of instructions given by our custo-mers, material selection or other provisions made by our customer.

5.5 Therefore the customer must check all instructions he is giving as well as the qualityof the materials specified or made available to us for compliance with statutory andtechnical provisions.

5.6 If the customer defaults regarding his duty of procurement or participation after writ-ten request, we shall be entitled to statutory rights.

5.7 The taking back of goods requires an explicit written approval, if we are not obligateto take back the goods by law.

6. Passing of Risk

6.1 Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, delivery shall be deemed to beagreed upon "ex works".

6.2 The risk for delivery passes onto the customer when leaving our works, at the latestwith shipment of the consignment and/or delivery to the carrier or forwarding agenteven if partial deliveries are made or if exceptionally we carry out transport at our ownexpenses or with our transportation means unless otherwise specified.

6.3 If shipment is delayed due to circumstances for which the customer is responsible, therisk passes onto the customer with receipt of the notification of readiness for ship-ment.

6.4 Return shipments must be returned to us carriage-free. In case of return shipment therisk of loss remains with the customer until the products have been accepted at ourworks.

6.5 If the customer so requests, we will effect a transport insurance for the shipment; thecharges connected with it will be borne by the customer.

7. Redhibitory Defects

We shall be liable for redhibitory defects as follows:7.1 All such parts or services have to be reworked, newly delivered or rendered again free

of charge upon our choice which within the statutory limitation – irrespective of theoperating period – show a redhibitory defect in so far as its cause existed at the timeof passing of risk.

7.2 Claims due to redhibitory defects become barred by the statute of limitations in 12months. The time period starts with the passing of risk (item 6).

7.3 The customer must notify the redhibitory defect to us immediately in writing.7.4 In case of notification of defects payments by the customer are permitted to be with-

held within a scope which is in an adequate ratio to the redhibitory defects occurred.The Purchaser shall only be allowed to withhold payments if a notification of defectshas been put forward the justification of which cannot be doubted. If the notificationof a defect was wrong, we shall be entitled to request indemnification of expendituresincurred by us from the customer.

7.5 First of all we shall always be granted the possibility of subsequent performance withinan adequate delay.

7.6 If subsequent performance fails, the Purchaser may withdraw from contract – withoutprejudice to eventual damage claims – or reduce payment. Replacement for fruitlessexpenditure can only be requested by the Purchaser, if we are responsible for thedefect due to intent or gross negligence.

7.7 Claims as a result of defects do not exist in case of only minor variation from theagreed upon quality, in case of only minor impairment of usefulness, in case of natu-ral wear and tear or damages occurring after passing of risk due to wrong or negligenttreatment, excessive load, inappropriate consumables or due to special externalinfluences which are not presumed according to contract as well as in case of non-reproducible software errors. If the Purchaser or third parties carry out modificationsor repair work in an inappropriate way, no claims as a result of defects exist for it andthe resulting consequences either. The same applies in so far as our specifications forhandling and other instructions are not observed.

7.8 Claims by the Purchaser for expenditure necessary for the purpose of subsequent per-formance including but not limited to transport, road, work and material charges areexcluded to the extent that the expenditure increases because the object of deliveryhas subsequently been taken to another place than the establishment of the Purchaserunless this change of location corresponds to its use according to purpose.

7.9 Legal recourse claims by the Purchaser towards us exist only in so far as the Purchaserhas not made any agreements with his customer beyond statutory claims due to defects.

7.10 For damage claims item 9 applies. Further or other claims than those stipulated in thisitem or in item 9 for redhibitory defects are excluded.

8. Industrial Property Rights and Copyrights, Defective Titles

Unless otherwise agreed upon, we shall be obliged to render delivery only in the coun-try of the place of delivery free from industrial property rights and copyrights by thirdparties (hereinafter called property rights). In so far as a third party due to violation ofproperty rights by deliveries rendered by us and used according to contract, puts for-ward justified claims against the Purchaser, we shall be liable to the Purchaser withinthe delay determined in item 7.2 as follows:

8.1 Upon our choice and at our own expenses we will either obtain a right of use (usu-fructuary right) for the deliveries concerned, modify them in such a way that the pro-perty right will not be violated or replace them. If this is not possible for us under ade-quate terms and conditions, the Purchaser shall be entitled to statutory rights of with-drawal or reduction. The Purchaser shall only be allowed to request indemnificationfor fruitless expenditure, if we are liable for intent or gross negligence. Our obligationto pay damages is governed by item 9.

8.2 The above mentioned obligations exist only in so far as the Purchaser informs usimmediately in writing about the claims put forward by the third party, does not recog-nise a violation and all defences and composition proceedings are reserved for us. Ifthe Purchaser ceases to use the delivery for reasons of damage reduction or for otherimportant reasons, he shall be obliged to inform the third party that no acknowledge-ment of a violation of property rights is connected with it.

8.3 Claims of the Purchaser are excluded in so far as he is responsible for the violation ofproperty rights.

8.4 Claims of the Purchaser are also excluded in so far as the violation of property rightsis caused by particular specifications of the Purchaser, by an application unforeseea-ble by us or by the fact that the delivery is modified by the Purchaser or used toget-her with products not delivered by us.

8.5 In case of violations of property rights for the claims of the Purchaser stipulated initem 8.1 the provisions of items 7.4, 7.5 and 7.9 apply accordingly.

8.6 Further claims of the Purchaser or other claims of the Purchaser than those stipulatedin the present item 8 against us or our vicarious agents for defective title are excluded.

9. Total Liability

9.1 Claims by the Purchaser for indemnification – irrespective of the legal nature of theclaim put forward – are excluded.

9.2 Excluded from this provision are:a) Damages due to violation of substantial contractual obligations. In case of simple

negligence, however, liability for indemnification shall be limited to the foreseeabledamage typically occurring.

b) Damages due to violation of life, body or health if we are responsible for the breachof duty.

c) For other damages based upon an intentional or grossly negligent breach of dutywith us being equally responsible for a breach of duty by our legal representativesor vicarious agents.

d) Indemnification for impossibility or inability.

9.3 No modification of the burden of proof at the Purchaser's disadvantage is connectedwith the above provision.

9.4 Liability according to the liability for products' law remains unaffected.9.5 In so far as liability for indemnification towards us is excluded or restricted, this

applies also to personal liability for indemnification by our employees, our commerci-al agents and our vicarious agents.

10. Retention of Title

10.1 The objects of the deliveries (goods under retention of title) remain our property untilpayment of all debts to which we are entitled from the business relationship. In so faras the value of all securities to which we are entitled towards the Purchaser exceedsthe amount of all claims secured by more than 10 %, we will release a correspondingshare of the securities on request by the Purchaser.

10.2 During existence of the retention of title the Purchaser shall not be permitted toencumber the goods or pledge them as security and resale is only permitted to resel-lers in normal dealings and only with a proviso that the reseller receives payment fromhis customer or makes the reservation that transfer of title will only occur if the custo-mer has met his payment obligations.

10.3 In case of attachments, seizures or other orders or interference by third parties thePurchaser must inform us immediately so that we can institute a claim according to §771 ZPO [German Civil Practice Act]. In so far as the third party is not able to reim-burse the court costs and extrajudicial costs of a claim according to § 771 ZPO, thePurchaser shall be liable for the loss incurred by us.

10.4 The Purchaser is obliged to take good care of the item purchased; especially he is obli-ged to insure the item purchased at his own expenses sufficiently at original valueagainst fire, water and theft. In so far as maintenance and inspection work are requi-red, the Purchaser must carry out such work in time at his own expense.

10.5 In case of breaches of duty by the Purchaser including but not limited to delay of pay-ment, we shall be entitled to withdrawal and taking back; the Purchaser is obliged torestitution. Withdrawal and/or exercise of the retention of title does not require rescis-sion by the Supplier; these actions or an attachment of the goods under retention oftitle by us does not represent a withdrawal from contract unless this has explicitlybeen declared by us.

10.6 If the Purchaser has resold the purchased item in the ordinary course of business, heassigns, however, to us already now all debts in the amount of the final invoice value(including value-added tax) of our debts accruing for him from resale against hiscustomers or third parties regardless of whether the purchased item has been resoldwithout or after further processing. The Purchaser remains authorised to collect thisdebt also after assignment. Our authority to collect the debt ourselves remains unaf-fected. But we undertake not to collect the debt as long as the Purchaser meets hispayment obligations from the proceeds taken in, does not default in payment and inparticular no petition for opening of insolvency proceedings has been filed or insol-vency exists. But if this is the case, we can request that the Purchaser informs usabout the debts assigned and their debtors, gives all information necessary for collec-tion, hands out the respective documents and informs the debtors (third parties) of theassignment.

10.7 Processing or reshaping of the purchased item by the Purchaser will always be madeon behalf of us. If the purchased matter is processed with other objects not belongingto us, we acquire joint ownership in the new object in the ratio of the value of the pur-chased item (final invoice value including value-added tax) to the other processedobjects at the time of processing. For the object created by processing moreover thesame applies as for the purchased item delivered under retention of title.

10.8 If the purchased item is mixed inseparably with other objects not belonging to us, weacquire joint ownership in the new item in the ratio of the value of the purchased item(final invoice value including value-added tax) to the other mixed objects at the time ofmixing. If the mixing occurs in such a way that the item of the Purchaser has to beconsidered the main item, it is deemed to have been agreed upon that the Purchasertransfers pro rata joint ownership to us. The Purchaser holds in custody for us theexclusive ownership or joint ownership thus created.

11. Place of Performance, Venue, Governing Law

11.1 For all rights and duties resulting from our deliveries and services for both parties theregistered office of our company shall be considered to be the place of performance.

11.2 In dealings with companies for lawsuits for which the district courts have jurisdictionin rem, the Velbert District Court, and for lawsuits for which county courts have juris-diction in rem, the Wuppertal County Court shall have general jurisdiction.

11.3 The contractual relationship shall be governed by the law of the Federal Republic ofGermany. Application of the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale ofGoods (CISG) is excluded.

11.4 The data specified by the Purchaser will be stored and processed by electronic dataprocessing to the extent that this is admissible in accordance with the Federal GermanLaw on Data Protection (§§ 28, 29 BDSG).

11.5 Should any provision of the agreement, the general sales, delivery and payment termsand conditions or other included terms and conditions be or become invalid, in wholeor in part, for any reasons whatsoever, or there is a whole, the validity of the remai-ning provisions shall not be affected thereby. The invalid provision shall be substitu-ted by a valid provision that comes as closely as legally permissible to what the inva-lid provision was intended to achieve.

General terms and conditionsGeneral Terms and Conditions

General Sales, Delivery and Payment Terms and Conditions

94 95

Page 119: Lock & Cylinders

General business terms ..........................................................................................................................................................................................94 + 95

Automatic locking locks..........................................................................................................................................................................................10 - 15

Heavy duty mortise locks........................................................................................................................................................................................50 + 51

Warded insert ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 73

Triple latch lock ......................................................................................................................................................................................................36 + 39

Mortise locks for internal doors ..............................................................................................................................................................................44 - 51

Latch fixing device...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 72

Fire rated door locks ..............................................................................................................................................................................................26 + 41

Index ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................4 - 7

Crank latchbolt .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 73

Standards .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 92

Contract mortise locks............................................................................................................................................................................................48 + 49

Swing door locks ....................................................................................................................................................................................................58 - 61

Product advice........................................................................................................................................................................................................72 + 73

Product information for locks..................................................................................................................................................................................88 - 91

Product features – mortise locks for fire rated doors ..............................................................................................................................................24 + 25

Product features – mortise locks for internal doors ................................................................................................................................................42 - 43

Product features – sliding door locks......................................................................................................................................................................52 + 53

Product features – Striking plates .............................................................................................................................................................................. 74

Product features – Safety locks ................................................................................................................................................................................8 + 9

Quality ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 93

Tube 9037 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................34 + 35

Sliding door locks ..................................................................................................................................................................................................62 - 71

Strike plate B 9000 ................................................................................................................................................................................................75 + 78

Strike plate S204........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 79

Strike plate S241........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 79

Strike plate S350 ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 80

Strike plate S500 ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 80

Strike plate S400........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8

Strike plate S401........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 82

Strike plate S403........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 83

Strike plate S404........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 83

Strike plate S407........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 84

Strike plate S411........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 84

Strike plate S412........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 85

Strike plate S413........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 85

Strike plate S440........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 86

Strike plate S441........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 86

Strike plate S448........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 87

Strike plate 2808........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 81

Strike plate 2809........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 81

Strike plate 2828........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 87

Lock 0010 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................54 + 55

Lock 0024 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................16 + 17

Lock 0055 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................58 + 59

Lock 0215 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................44 + 45

Lock 0216 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................56 + 57

Lock 0353 + G353 ................................................................................................................................................................................................62 + 63

Lock 0371 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................64 + 65

Lock 0372 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................64 + 65

Lock 0375 .............................................................................................................................................................................................................66 + 67

Lock 0381H + 0381HF ..........................................................................................................................................................................................68 + 69

Lock 0393 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................70 + 71

Lock 0415 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................46 + 47

Lock 0515 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................48 + 49

Lock 0615 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................50 + 51

Lock 1058 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................60 + 61

Lock 1125 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................26 + 27

Lock 1206 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................28 + 29

Lock 2327 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................30 + 31

Lock 2338 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................32 + 33

Lock 6031 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................18 + 19

Lock 6043 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................22 + 23

Lock 6065 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................36 + 37

Lock 6138 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................38 + 39

Lock 6206 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................20 + 21

Lock 6306 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................40 + 41

Lock 2114 – automatically locking ........................................................................................................................................................................14 + 15

Lock 2124 – automatically locking ........................................................................................................................................................................12 + 13

Lock 2154 – automatically locking ........................................................................................................................................................................10 + 11

Lock 2174 – manually locking................................................................................................................................................................................12 + 13

Shoot bolt lock 1795 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................34 + 35

Swiss round cylinder .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 73

Special locks ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................54 + 71

Radiation protection lock ........................................................................................................................................................................................20 + 21

Front bevels................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 72

Door handling ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 72

Connecting rod ......................................................................................................................................................................................................38 + 39

Internal door locks..................................................................................................................................................................................................44 - 47

Page 120: Lock & Cylinders

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 371254 DitzingenTelephone: +49 (0)7156 301 - 0Fax: +49 (0)7156 301 - [email protected] W

023

0 00

02a

03/

2004

m

y P

rinte

d in

Ger

man

y

BKS GmbHHeidestr. 7142549 VelbertTelephone: +46 (0)2051 201 - 0Fax: +49 (0)2051 201 - 431www.bks.de

Page 121: Lock & Cylinders

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 3D-71254 DitzingenPhone + 49 7156 301-0Fax + 49 7156 301-293

BKS GmbHHeidestr. 71D-42549 VelbertPhone + 49 2051 201-0Fax + 49 2051 201-431

WP01006-04-2-2 01/2008 Printed in Germany

Things to keep in mind when buying a profile cylinder

Locking Suites

The length of the profi le cylinder depends on:

door leaf thickness, position of the lock in the door leafprotrusion of furniture on the outside, protrusion of furniture on the inside

The cylinder lengths A and B are determined with regard to the thickness of door leaf and furniture. Therefore, it is important that the profi le cylinder does not protrude more than 3 mm from the surface of the door furniture – especially on the outside of the door exposed to attack.The dimensions A and B are measured from the centre of the fi xing screw on the forend.

Position of lock

Door leaf thickness

Profile cylinder

Furniture

Mortise lock

Fixing screw

Aoutside

Binside

max. 3 mmprojection

Single key systemSeveral different single keys (e.g. of fl at entrance doors) control one or more central locking cylinders (e.g. of house entrance doors).

Grand master key systemGrand master key systems are systems with several authorisation levels. All locking cylinders of a grand master key system can be operated with the grand master key. A master key can control specifi ed cylinders within the suite.

Master key systemA master key system consists of a mul-titude of locking cylinders each operated by an individual key. Each single locking cylinder is also controlled by the master key. The owner of a master key can operate all cylinders of a master keyed locking suite.

The demands placed on a locking suite are varied and complex:Primarily it is an organisational tool to enable the clear separation of responsi-bilities and locking authorisations controlled through the selective distribution of keys. Secondly, it provides great convenience both in private and contract application: key owners can operate many different doors with cylinder locks with a single or a few keys.

For further products of the Gretsch-Unitas Group of Companies visit our website www.g-u.com

Series 50MORE SECURITY WITH BKS

www.g-u.com

Your specialist retailer

Page 122: Lock & Cylinders

Features and factsspeak for themselves.

Each cylinder with registered differ is packed and sealed in the BKS factory. The BKS security card is an in-dispensable cylinder accessory on which all cylinder and key specifi c data are memorised.

It has to be produced to the authorised BKS dealer for the subsequent ordering of keys and cylinders.

BKS security –sophisticated downto the smallest detail

BKS security –sophisticated downto the smallest detail

Keys are “constant companions“ expected to always function perfectly. Very often, they are used to operate several doors (apartment, house entrance, business room). Customers appreciate the convenient use of the reversible Series 50 key distinguishing itself by rounded bittings and the easiness with which it is inserted in the lock.

High-quality reversible key with newly formed key blade : with the bittings protected on one fl ank, the key is secured against being copied.

Sophisticated key design combining functionality with security

1

Key bladeKey bowKey bittings

a

b

c

b

a

c

1

2

The reversible key system Series 50 with 6 pins is a conventional locking system based on the proven technique of single-row pin arrangement.

Increased resistance against forced opening is provided by the drill protection or drill/pick protection feature, both availa-ble as an option.

1 BodyPlugBronze tumbler pinsBrass cylindrical drive pinHardened steel mushroomdrive pin

Brass mushroom drive pinDrive springsCouplingCamThread hole for fi xing screw

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

Page 123: Lock & Cylinders

Locking cylinders

Performance catalogue

Titel_E.indd 3Titel_E.indd 3 31.08.2006 13:36:2731.08.2006 13:36:27

Page 124: Lock & Cylinders

Locking cylinders

Contents

3

Series 45 ...........................................Page 7 – 25

Series 50 ......................................................Page 27 – 32

Series 31 ......................................................Page 33 – 55

Series 33 SL .................................................Page 57 – 77

Series 37 ......................................................Page 79 – 85

Series 88 ......................................................Page 87 – 90

Combi series ................................................Page 91 – 96

Cylinder systems(reversible key systems)

Service and Software KeyManager .................................................Page 98

MKS – MasterKeySystem .............................Page 99

CIS – Customer Information System............Page 100, 101

Notes and details Fixing holes on profi le half cylinders ...............................Page 114

Drill protection .............................................Page 107

Drill and withdrawal protection ...................Page 108

Rotations of cam cylinders,cam shapes ..................................................Page 113

Finishes ........................................................Page 109

Functions of double profi le cylinders ...........................................Page 110, 111

Product liability and product information .....................................Page 116, 117

Profi le cylinders with reduced rotations .........................................Page 114

Locking suites ..............................................Page 104, 105

Locking cams for profi le cylinders ..............Page 112

Dust protection .............................................Page 115

Two-pin key ..................................................Page 115

Embossing with digits and/or letters ................................................Page 115

Index of headings .........................................Page 118

Certifi cations / Approvals .............................Page 106

Cylinder systems(conventional)

Inhalt_E.indd 3Inhalt_E.indd 3 31.08.2006 12:18:1131.08.2006 12:18:11

Page 125: Lock & Cylinders

Locking cylinders

Contents, numeric

4

Article Page

0778........................................................................................... 38, 391309........................................................................................... 38, 391310........................................................................................... 38, 391324............................................................................... 40, 41, 62, 631344........................................................................................... 40, 411360........................................................................................... 40, 412266........................................................................................... 40, 412276........................................................................................... 40, 412285........................................................................................... 42, 432485........................................................................................... 42, 432662........................................................................................... 42, 432864........................................................................................... 42, 432962........................................................................................... 42, 432964........................................................................................... 44, 453002................................................................................................. 923003................................................................................................. 923004................................................................................................. 923005................................................................................................. 933006........................................................................................... 44, 453007................................................................................................. 933008................................................................................................. 963013........................................................................................... 44, 453014................................................................................................. 933015................................................................................................. 933017................................................................................................. 933018................................................................................................. 963022................................................................................................. 923024................................................................................................. 963025................................................................................................. 943027................................................................................................. 943028................................................................................................. 963032................................................................................................. 943033................................................................................................. 943034................................................................................................. 943035................................................................................................. 953037................................................................................................. 953044................................................................................................. 923045................................................................................................. 953046................................................................................................. 953047................................................................................................. 953100......................................................................................... 36, 37 3101........................................................................................... 36, 373102........................................................................................... 36, 373104........................................................................................... 36, 373105........................................................................................... 36, 373106........................................................................................... 36, 373107........................................................................................... 44, 453108........................................................................................... 44, 453112.......................................................................................... 36, 373115........................................................................................... 36, 373116........................................................................................... 36, 373118........................................................................................... 46, 473133........................................................................................... 46, 473171........................................................................................... 36, 37

Article Page

3175........................................................................................... 38, 393177........................................................................................... 46, 473178........................................................................................... 46, 473179........................................................................................... 46, 473180........................................................................................... 36, 373181........................................................................................... 36, 373182........................................................................................... 36, 373185........................................................................................... 38, 393186........................................................................................... 36, 373189........................................................................................... 36, 373192........................................................................................... 36, 373195........................................................................................... 36, 373196........................................................................................... 36, 373199........................................................................................... 48, 493290........................................................................................... 36, 373291........................................................................................... 36, 373300........................................................................................... 60, 613301........................................................................................... 60, 613302........................................................................................... 60, 613304........................................................................................... 60, 613305........................................................................................... 60, 613306........................................................................................... 60, 613307........................................................................................... 62, 633310........................................................................................... 60, 613312........................................................................................... 60, 613313........................................................................................... 62, 633314........................................................................................... 62, 633316........................................................................................... 60, 613317........................................................................................... 64, 653319........................................................................................... 64, 653320........................................................................................... 64, 653321........................................................................................... 64, 653328........................................................................................... 64, 653336........................................................................................... 66, 673344........................................................................................... 66, 673345........................................................................................... 66, 673346........................................................................................... 66, 673349........................................................................................... 66, 673360........................................................................................... 68, 693362........................................................................................... 68, 693364........................................................................................... 68, 693366........................................................................................... 68, 693371........................................................................................... 60, 613375........................................................................................... 62, 633376........................................................................................... 68, 693377........................................................................................... 70, 713378........................................................................................... 70, 713379........................................................................................... 70, 713380........................................................................................... 60, 613381........................................................................................... 60, 613382........................................................................................... 60, 613386........................................................................................... 60, 613392........................................................................................... 60, 613395........................................................................................... 60, 61

Inhalt_E.indd 4Inhalt_E.indd 4 31.08.2006 12:18:1331.08.2006 12:18:13

Page 126: Lock & Cylinders

Locking cylinders

Contents, numeric

5

Article Page

3396........................................................................................... 60, 613399........................................................................................... 70, 713700................................................................................................. 823701................................................................................................. 823702................................................................................................. 823704................................................................................................. 823706................................................................................................. 823707................................................................................................. 823709................................................................................................. 833712................................................................................................. 823728................................................................................................. 833744................................................................................................. 833746................................................................................................. 833760................................................................................................. 833766................................................................................................. 843776................................................................................................. 843780................................................................................................. 823781................................................................................................. 823782................................................................................................. 823785................................................................................................. 843786................................................................................................. 823792................................................................................................. 824445................... 12, 13, 14, 15, 30, 31, 48, 49, 70, 71, 72, 73, 84, 854460................... 12, 13, 14, 15, 30, 31, 48, 49, 70, 71, 72, 73, 84, 854470................... 12, 13, 14, 15, 30, 31, 48, 49, 70, 71, 72, 73, 84, 854500........................................................................................... 10, 114501........................................................................................... 10, 114502........................................................................................... 10, 114504........................................................................................... 10, 114505........................................................................................... 10, 114506........................................................................................... 10, 114509........................................................................................... 14, 154510........................................................................................... 14, 154511........................................................................................... 14, 154512........................................................................................... 10, 114513........................................................................................... 10, 114514........................................................................................... 14, 154515........................................................................................... 10, 114516........................................................................................... 10, 114517........................................................................................... 16, 174520........................................................................................... 16, 174521........................................................................................... 16, 174522........................................................................................... 16, 174524........................................................................................... 16, 174528........................................................................................... 18, 194529........................................................................................... 18, 194530........................................................................................... 18, 194536........................................................................................... 18, 194544........................................................................................... 18, 194546........................................................................................... 20, 214560........................................................................................... 20, 214564........................................................................................... 20, 214566........................................................................................... 20, 214571........................................................................................... 10, 11

Article Page

4574........................................................................................... 12, 134575........................................................................................... 12, 134576........................................................................................... 20, 214585........................................................................................... 22, 234587........................................................................................... 22, 234589........................................................................................... 10, 114595........................................................................................... 10, 114596........................................................................................... 10, 114599........................................................................................... 22, 234919................................................................... 22, 23, 50, 51, 72, 734920................................................................... 22, 23, 50, 51, 72, 734929................................................................... 24, 25, 50, 51, 74, 755000................................................................................................. 305001................................................................................................. 305006................................................................................................. 305009................................................................................................. 315012................................................................................................. 305024................................................................................................. 315028................................................................................................. 315037................................................................................................. 325044................................................................................................. 325060................................................................................................. 325066................................................................................................. 325090................................................................................................. 305091................................................................................................. 305093................................................................................................. 305096................................................................................................. 305099................................................................................................. 325114........................................................................................... 50, 515117........................................................................................... 50, 515135........................................................................................... 52, 537701........................................................................................... 52, 537705........................................................................................... 52, 537706................................................................... 24, 25, 52, 53, 74, 757707................................................................... 24, 25, 52, 53, 74, 757710........................................................................................... 54, 557715........................................................................................... 74, 757720........................................................................................... 74, 757721........................................................................................... 76, 778800................................................................................................. 908802................................................................................................. 908804................................................................................................. 908806................................................................................................. 908812................................................................................................. 908890................................................................................................. 908891................................................................................................. 908892................................................................................................. 908893................................................................................................. 908896................................................................................................. 908900................................................................................................. 90

Inhalt_E.indd 5Inhalt_E.indd 5 31.08.2006 12:18:1331.08.2006 12:18:13

Page 127: Lock & Cylinders

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 2Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 2 31.08.2006 13:38:1831.08.2006 13:38:18

Page 128: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 45

Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 3Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 3 31.08.2006 13:38:2731.08.2006 13:38:27

Page 129: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 45

Top quality mechanics of outstanding function and design

8

Tumbler rows 1, 2, 3 and 4Bronze tumbler pinsBrass drive pins with springsProfi le systemExtension pieceSteel tieOuter bodyBody tubePlug

Plug collar Plug protection discBody security pinHardened steel security pinsSpiral locking pinAnti-drill pin (optional)Key bladeKey bowKey bittings

2

34

5

6

7

8

9

1

18

17

16

15

14

1312

1011

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 4Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 4 31.08.2006 13:38:3431.08.2006 13:38:34

Page 130: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 45

Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme

High quality reversible key system with multi-row pin arrangement

Cylinder series 45 was developed at a very sophisticated technical level. Among other applications, it is used in complex locking suites which have to meet the highest demands on security. But also in private residential construction, cylinders with registered differ of this series are used.

● Locking cylinders in sandwich design, variable in length● For reasons of security available with security card only● Depending on the locking suite structure with 4 or 5 rows of pins● Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished brass, bronzed brass● Available also with chromium-nickel steel body as an option ● Certifi cation to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P3● Certifi cation to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 6, attack resistance class 0 (standard, class 2 optional)● With VdS certifi cate, class B - BZ as an option● Cylinder variants with SKG certifi cate on request

9

Double cylinder 4500 Double cylinder 4502 Double cylinder 4512

Half cylinder 4501 Cylinder with turn 4504 Cylinder with knurled turn 4506

Rim cylinder 4509 Brass padlock 4528

The product range is continued on the following pages. Further details on page 103 et seqq.

without panic function from BL 27/31 with panic function on one side from BL 31/31 with panic function on both sides

10

17

R 1533.1

M 5

10

19

A B13.8

14

M 5

10

19

A B13.8

14

M 5

10

19

A B13.8

14Ø 9

2056.2

32 A50

.3

Standard28-60

4 25

Ø 4

3.5

Ø 3

2

74.8

Locking cameight-wayadjustable

R 15

360°

180°

315°45°

270°90°

135°

AM 5

10

19

225°

4.5

14

13.8 M 5

A B0.8 29

Ø 3

0

1010

AM 5

19

21.5B

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 5Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 5 31.08.2006 13:38:4231.08.2006 13:38:42

Page 131: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

45004502451245134516

45014515457145954596

4504

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

4505

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

45064589

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

10

Double cylinder

Half cylinder

Cylinder with turn,black turn

Cylinder with round turnlight metal turn F1

Cylinder with knurled turn

Serie_45_E.indd 2Serie_45_E.indd 2 31.08.2006 13:12:1231.08.2006 13:12:12

Page 132: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

with

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

3 k

eys

each

num

ber o

f key

s se

lect

able

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

stai

nles

s st

eel b

ody

with

bod

y se

curit

y pi

n (lo

ose)

othe

r len

gths

than

BL

27 m

m p

ossib

le

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WA

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

45004502451245134516

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

11

45014515457145954596

4504

4505

45064589

Serie_45_E.indd 3Serie_45_E.indd 3 31.08.2006 13:12:2431.08.2006 13:12:24

Page 133: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

4574

4575

444544604470

444544604470

444544604470

12

Cylinder with stainless steel turn

Cylinder with Hewi turn Ø 30 or 50 mm

Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, with turn

Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, with turn

Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, without turn

Serie_45_E.indd 4Serie_45_E.indd 4 31.08.2006 13:12:2431.08.2006 13:12:24

Page 134: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

with

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

3 k

eys

each

num

ber o

f key

s se

lect

able

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

stai

nles

s st

eel b

ody

with

bod

y se

curit

y pi

n (lo

ose)

othe

r len

gths

than

BL

27 m

m p

ossib

le

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WA

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

13

4574

4575

444544604470

444544604470

444544604470

Serie_45_E.indd 5Serie_45_E.indd 5 31.08.2006 13:12:3531.08.2006 13:12:35

Page 135: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

444544604470

4509

4510

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

4511

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

4514

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

14

Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, without turn

Rim cylinder

Tubular exterior cylinder

Cabinet lock cylindermounted to lock cover

Cylinder for cabinet lock 4929

Serie_45_E.indd 6Serie_45_E.indd 6 31.08.2006 13:12:3531.08.2006 13:12:35

Page 136: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

with

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

3 k

eys

each

num

ber o

f key

s se

lect

able

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

stai

nles

s st

eel b

ody

with

bod

y se

curit

y pi

n (lo

ose)

othe

r len

gths

than

BL

27 m

m p

ossib

le

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WA

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

15

444544604470

4509

4510

4511

4514

Serie_45_E.indd 7Serie_45_E.indd 7 31.08.2006 13:12:4631.08.2006 13:12:46

Page 137: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

4517

4520

4521

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

4522

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

4524

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

16

Cylinderfor cabinet locks 4919 and 4920

Securing device for elevating doors

Lockable handle (for windows)

Turn for locks 4919 and 4920

Interior cylinder forrim locks 4445, 4460 and 4470

Serie_45_E.indd 8Serie_45_E.indd 8 31.08.2006 13:12:4731.08.2006 13:12:47

Page 138: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

with

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

3 k

eys

each

num

ber o

f key

s se

lect

able

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

stai

nles

s st

eel b

ody

with

bod

y se

curit

y pi

n (lo

ose)

othe

r len

gths

than

BL

27 m

m p

ossib

le

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WA

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

17

4517

4520

4521

4522

4524

Serie_45_E.indd 9Serie_45_E.indd 9 31.08.2006 13:12:5931.08.2006 13:12:59

Page 139: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍

● ❍ ❍ ●

4528

4529

4530

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

Cylinder padlock,sea-water protected, shackle Ø 9 mm

Exterior and interior cylinder part

Single cylinder part

4536

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

4544

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

Double cylinderside A: dummyside B: with differ

Rim cylinder for rim lock 4445

18

Serie_45_E.indd 10Serie_45_E.indd 10 31.08.2006 13:12:5931.08.2006 13:12:59

Page 140: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

with

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

3 k

eys

each

num

ber o

f key

s se

lect

able

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

stai

nles

s st

eel b

ody

with

bod

y se

curit

y pi

n (lo

ose)

othe

r len

gths

than

BL

27 m

m p

ossib

le

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WA

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

19

4528

4529

4530

4536

4544

Serie_45_E.indd 11Serie_45_E.indd 11 31.08.2006 13:13:1131.08.2006 13:13:11

Page 141: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

4546

4560

4564

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

Cam cylinder

Rim cylinder forrim locks 4460 and 4470

Push cylinder for sliding doors

4566

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

4576

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

Cam cylinder

Cam cylinder

20

Serie_45_E.indd 12Serie_45_E.indd 12 31.08.2006 13:13:1131.08.2006 13:13:11

Page 142: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

with

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

3 k

eys

each

num

ber o

f key

s se

lect

able

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

stai

nles

s st

eel b

ody

with

bod

y se

curit

y pi

n (lo

ose)

othe

r len

gths

than

BL

27 m

m p

ossib

le

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WA

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

21

4546

4560

4564

4566

4576

Serie_45_E.indd 13Serie_45_E.indd 13 31.08.2006 13:13:2231.08.2006 13:13:22

Page 143: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

4585

4587

4919

Cam cylinder

Key switch, variousrotations and switching possibilities

Cabinet espagnolette lock, with strike plate and rods, 30 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 4517 or turn 4522

4920

Cabinet lock30 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 4517 or turn 4522

22

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

4599

Half cylinder, with earth screw

Serie_45_E.indd 14Serie_45_E.indd 14 31.08.2006 13:13:2331.08.2006 13:13:23

Page 144: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

with

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

3 k

eys

each

num

ber o

f key

s se

lect

able

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

stai

nles

s st

eel b

ody

with

bod

y se

curit

y pi

n (lo

ose)

othe

r len

gths

than

BL

27 m

m p

ossib

le

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WA

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

❍ ●

❍ ●

23

4585

4587

4919

4920

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

4599

Serie_45_E.indd 15Serie_45_E.indd 15 31.08.2006 13:13:3331.08.2006 13:13:33

Page 145: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

4929

Cabinet lock, 25, 30, 35 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 4514

7706

Turn for cabinet locks 4919 and 4920, rotatable, not lockable

7707

Knob, fi x,not lockable

24

Serie_45_E.indd 16Serie_45_E.indd 16 31.08.2006 13:13:3431.08.2006 13:13:34

Page 146: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

with

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

3 k

eys

each

num

ber o

f key

s se

lect

able

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

stai

nles

s st

eel b

ody

with

bod

y se

curit

y pi

n (lo

ose)

othe

r len

gths

than

BL

27 m

m p

ossib

le

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WA

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

WB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 45

Performance features

4929

● ❍ ●

7706

● ❍ ●

7707

25

Serie_45_E.indd 17Serie_45_E.indd 17 31.08.2006 13:13:4231.08.2006 13:13:42

Page 147: Lock & Cylinders

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 6Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 6 31.08.2006 13:38:4531.08.2006 13:38:45

Page 148: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 50

Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 7Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 7 31.08.2006 13:38:5331.08.2006 13:38:53

Page 149: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 50

High-quality reversible key system with 6 locking pins

28

Standard design

BodyPlugBronze tumbler pinsBrass cylindrical drive pinHardened steel mushroom drive pinBrass mushroom drive pin Drive springsCouplingCam

Thread hole forfi xing screwKey bladeKey bowKey bittings

2345

6

7

8

9

1

1312

10

11

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 8Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 8 31.08.2006 13:39:0031.08.2006 13:39:00

Page 150: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 50

Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme

Double cylinder 5000 Half cylinder 5001 Double cylinder 5012

from BL 31/31 with panic function on both sides

M 5

10

19

A B13.8

14

Cylinder with knurled turn 5006

M 5

A B0.8 29

Ø 3

0

10

Rim cylinder 5009 Brass padlock 5028

Standard28-60

4 25

Ø 4

3.5

Ø 3

2

74.8

Ø 9

2056.2

32 A50

.3

Cam cylinder 5066 Key blank 5036

Nickel-plated steel, in package of 50 pieces

1017

R 1533.1

M 510

19

A B

Locking cameight-wayadjustable

R 15

360°

180°

315°45°

270°90°

225°135°

10

M 5A

19

Reversible key system with single row pin

Cylinder series 50 is based on the established pin arrangement in a single row. Suitable for application in locking suites, for registered differ, but also for single differ.

● For reasons of security, locking suites and registered differ are available with security card only● Order processing via the internet based MKS ordering system allows for extremely short delivery periods of 2 + 1 working days ● Also available as service cylinders with customer specifi c profi les or with registered differ ● Further variants are projected● Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished brass, bronzed brass ● Certifi cation to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P3● Certifi cation to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 6, attack resistance class 0 (standard, class 2 optional)● Cylinder variants with SKG certifi cate on request

29

The product range is continued on the following pages. Further details on page 103 et seqq.

M28

x 1

38

28.5

32

5

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 9Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 9 31.08.2006 13:39:0731.08.2006 13:39:07

Page 151: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Finishes

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ampl

e ke

yce

ntra

l loc

king

sui

tem

aste

r key

ed s

uite

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice

cylin

der w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y no

rmal

func

tion

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

sse

lf-lo

ckin

glo

ckin

g w

ith k

eyw

ith fi

xing

hol

esbr

ass,

nic

kel-p

late

dbr

ass,

sat

inbr

ass,

pol

ishe

dbr

onze

dlo

ck s

ilver

col

our,

whi

te o

r bro

wn

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)nu

mbe

r of k

eys

sele

ctab

ledr

ill p

rote

ctio

n BS

KAdr

ill p

rote

ctio

n BS

KBdr

ill a

nd w

ithdr

awal

pro

tect

ion

BZKB

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

msh

ackl

e Ø

6,3

mm

, hei

ght 3

5 m

mem

boss

ing

with

dig

its/le

tters

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Cylinder system series 50

Performance featuresFunctions Features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍

5000501250905093

50015091

50065096

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

444544604470

444544604470

30

Double cylinder

Half cylinder

Cylinder with knurled turn

Rim lock, without cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset,without integral restraint, with turn

Rim lock, without cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset,with integral restraint, with turn

Serie_50_E.indd 2Serie_50_E.indd 2 31.08.2006 13:30:2331.08.2006 13:30:23

Page 152: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 50

Performance features

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Finishes

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ampl

e ke

yce

ntra

l loc

king

sui

tem

aste

r key

ed s

uite

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice

cylin

der w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y no

rmal

func

tion

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

sse

lf-lo

ckin

glo

ckin

g w

ith k

eyw

ith fi

xing

hol

esbr

ass,

nic

kel-p

late

dbr

ass,

sat

inbr

ass,

pol

ishe

dbr

onze

dlo

ck s

ilver

col

our,

whi

te o

r bro

wn

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)nu

mbe

r of k

eys

sele

ctab

ledr

ill p

rote

ctio

n BS

KAdr

ill p

rote

ctio

n BS

KBdr

ill a

nd w

ithdr

awal

pro

tect

ion

BZKB

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

msh

ackl

e Ø

6,3

mm

, hei

ght 3

5 m

mem

boss

ing

with

dig

its/le

tters

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Functions Features

31

444544604470

444544604470

5009

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

5024

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

5028

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

Rim lock, for interior cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, without turn

Rim lock, for interior cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset,with integral restraint, without turn

Rim cylinder

Interior cylinder forrim locks 4445,4460 and 4470

Cylinder padlock, sea-water protectedshackle Ø 9 mm

Serie_50_E.indd 3Serie_50_E.indd 3 31.08.2006 13:30:3531.08.2006 13:30:35

Page 153: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Finishes

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ampl

e ke

yce

ntra

l loc

king

sui

tem

aste

r key

ed s

uite

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice

cylin

der w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y no

rmal

func

tion

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

sse

lf-lo

ckin

glo

ckin

g w

ith k

eyw

ith fi

xing

hol

esbr

ass,

nic

kel-p

late

dbr

ass,

sat

inbr

ass,

pol

ishe

dbr

onze

dlo

ck s

ilver

col

our,

whi

te o

r bro

wn

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)nu

mbe

r of k

eys

sele

ctab

ledr

ill p

rote

ctio

n BS

KAdr

ill p

rote

ctio

n BS

KBdr

ill a

nd w

ithdr

awal

pro

tect

ion

BZKB

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

msh

ackl

e Ø

6,3

mm

, hei

ght 3

5 m

mem

boss

ing

with

dig

its/le

tters

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Cylinder system series 50

Performance featuresFunctions Features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

5037

5044

5060

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

5066

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

Double cylinderside A: dummyside B: with differ

Rim cylinder forrim lock 4445

Rim cylinder forrim locks 4460 and 4470

Cam cylinder

32

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

5099

Half cylinder, with earth screw

Serie_50_E.indd 4Serie_50_E.indd 4 31.08.2006 13:30:4431.08.2006 13:30:44

Page 154: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 31

Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 11Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 11 31.08.2006 13:39:1731.08.2006 13:39:17

Page 155: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 31

Comprehensive range, especially suitable for locking suites

34

Standard design

BodyPlugBronze tumbler pinsBrass mushroom drive pinBrass cylindrical drive pinDrive springsCouplingCam

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

1817161514

10 2nd drive pin of hardened steel, mushroom type Hard metal anti-drill pins (plug)Hard metal anti-drill pins (body)Plug supportBody security pin1st and 2nd tumbler pin of hardened steel

Optional design, security version

9

10

Threadhole for fi xing screw1st drive pin of hardened steel, mushroom typeKey bladeKey bowKey bittings13

1211

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 12Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 12 31.08.2006 13:39:2331.08.2006 13:39:23

Page 156: Lock & Cylinders

M 5 1 21.5A B

1017

R 1533.1

M 510

19

A B

Locking cameight-wayadjustable

R 15

360°

180°

315°45°

270°90°

225°135°

10

M 5A

19

Double cylinder 3100

Standard28-60

4 26.5

Ø 4

3.5

Ø 3

2

74

M 5

Ø 9

2056.2

32 A50

.3

A B0.8 29 Ø

30

Half cylinder 3101 Rim cylinder 1309

Cylinder with turn 3104 Cylinder with knurled turn 3106 Brass padlock 0778

Cylinder system series 31

Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme

Conventional locking system as basic system for all applications

Comprising a considerable variety of articles and functions, cylinder series 31 represents the basis for locking solutions required for locking suites, registered differ and single differ.

● Single row of 5 or 6 divided pins● For reasons of security, locking suites and registered differ are available with security card only● Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished brass, bronzed brass● Certifi cation to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P2 (5 pins) or P3 (6 pins)● Certifi cation to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 4 (5 pins) or class 6 (6 pins), attack resistance class 0 (standard, class 2 optional)● With VdS certifi cate, class A or class B as options ● Cylinder variants with SKG certifi cate on request

35

The product range is continued on the following pages. Further details on page 103 et seqq.

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 13Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 13 31.08.2006 13:39:3131.08.2006 13:39:31

Page 157: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acco

rdin

g to

sam

ple

key

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ●

● ●

● ●

❍ ❍ ❍ ●

❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

● ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

310031023112311631803182319232903291

310131153171318131953196

3104

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

3105

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

310631863189

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

36

Double cylinder

Half cylinder

Cylinder with turn,black turn

Cylinder with round turnlight metal turn F1

Cylinder with knurled turn

Serie_31_E.indd 2Serie_31_E.indd 2 31.08.2006 12:22:5731.08.2006 12:22:57

Page 158: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKA

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

310031023112311631803182319232903291

310131153171318131953196

3104

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3105

310631863189

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

37

Serie_31_E.indd 3Serie_31_E.indd 3 31.08.2006 12:23:1131.08.2006 12:23:11

Page 159: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acco

rdin

g to

sam

ple

key

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

3175

3185

0778

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍

1309

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

1310

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

38

Cylinder with Hewi turn Ø 30 or 50 mm

Cylinderwith stainless steel turn

Cylinder padlocksea-water protectedshackle Ø 9 mm

Rim cylinder

Tubular exterior cylinder

Serie_31_E.indd 4Serie_31_E.indd 4 31.08.2006 12:23:1131.08.2006 12:23:11

Page 160: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKA

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

39

3175

3185

0778

1309

1310

Serie_31_E.indd 5Serie_31_E.indd 5 31.08.2006 12:23:2231.08.2006 12:23:22

Page 161: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acco

rdin

g to

sam

ple

key

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

40

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

1324

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

1344

1360

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

2266

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

2276

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

Interior cylinder forrim locks 44 ..

Rim cylinder forrim lock 4445

Rim cylinder forrim locks 4460 and 4470

Cam cylinder

Cam cylinder

Serie_31_E.indd 6Serie_31_E.indd 6 31.08.2006 12:23:2231.08.2006 12:23:22

Page 162: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKA

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

41

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

1324

1344

1360

2266

2276

Serie_31_E.indd 7Serie_31_E.indd 7 31.08.2006 12:23:3231.08.2006 12:23:32

Page 163: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acco

rdin

g to

sam

ple

key

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

42

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

2285

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

2485

2662

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

2864

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

2962

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

Cam cylinder

Cam cylinder

Cam cylinder

Push cylinder

Special cylinder

Serie_31_E.indd 8Serie_31_E.indd 8 31.08.2006 12:23:3231.08.2006 12:23:32

Page 164: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKA

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

43

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

2285

2485

2662

2864

2962

Serie_31_E.indd 9Serie_31_E.indd 9 31.08.2006 12:23:4331.08.2006 12:23:43

Page 165: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acco

rdin

g to

sam

ple

key

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

44

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

2964

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

3006

3013

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

3107

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

3108

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

Push cylinder for sliding doors

Double cylinderside A: dummyside B: with differ

Double cylinderside A: with differside B: for two-pin key

Double round cylinder

Half round cylinder

Serie_31_E.indd 10Serie_31_E.indd 10 31.08.2006 12:23:4331.08.2006 12:23:43

Page 166: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKA

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

45

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

2964

3006

3013

3107

3108

Serie_31_E.indd 11Serie_31_E.indd 11 31.08.2006 12:23:5231.08.2006 12:23:52

Page 167: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acco

rdin

g to

sam

ple

key

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

46

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

3118

❍ ❍ ❍

3133

3177

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

3178

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

3179

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

Double round cylinder with turn

Double cylinder, with mark (indication of locking state)

Double round cylinder, short

Half round cylinder, short

Double round cylinder, short with turn

Serie_31_E.indd 12Serie_31_E.indd 12 31.08.2006 12:23:5231.08.2006 12:23:52

Page 168: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKA

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

47

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3118

3133

3177

3178

3179

Serie_31_E.indd 13Serie_31_E.indd 13 31.08.2006 12:24:0331.08.2006 12:24:03

Page 169: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acco

rdin

g to

sam

ple

key

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

48

444544604470

444544604470

444544604470

444544604470

Rim lock, without cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset,without integral restraint, with turn

Rim lock, without cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset,with integral restraint, with turn

Rim lock, for interior cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, without turn

Rim lock, for interior cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset,with integral restraint, without turn

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

3199

Half cylinder with earth screw

Serie_31_E.indd 14Serie_31_E.indd 14 31.08.2006 12:24:0331.08.2006 12:24:03

Page 170: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKA

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

49

444544604470

444544604470

444544604470

444544604470

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3199

Serie_31_E.indd 15Serie_31_E.indd 15 31.08.2006 12:24:1331.08.2006 12:24:13

Page 171: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acco

rdin

g to

sam

ple

key

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

4919Cabinet espagnolette lock, with strike plate and rods, 30 or 40 mm backset, for cylinder 5117 or turn 7705

4920

4929

5114

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

5117

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

Cabinet lock,30 or 40 mm backsetfor cylinder 5117 orturn 7705

Cabinet lock,25, 30, 35 or 40 mm backsetfor cylinder 5114

Cabinet cylinder forcabinet lock 4929

Cabinet cylinder forcabinet locks 4919/4920

50

Serie_31_E.indd 16Serie_31_E.indd 16 31.08.2006 12:24:1331.08.2006 12:24:13

Page 172: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKA

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

❍ ●

4919

❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

4920

4929

5114

5117

51

Serie_31_E.indd 17Serie_31_E.indd 17 31.08.2006 12:24:2231.08.2006 12:24:22

Page 173: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acco

rdin

g to

sam

ple

key

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

5135

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

Special cylinder

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

7701

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

7705

7706

7707

Lockable handle (for windows)

Turn forlocks 4919 and 4920

Turn for cabinet locks 4919 and 4920rotatable, not lockable

Knob, fi x,not lockable

52

Serie_31_E.indd 18Serie_31_E.indd 18 31.08.2006 12:24:2231.08.2006 12:24:22

Page 174: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKA

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

5135

● ● ❍

● ❍ ● ❍

● ❍ ●

● ❍ ●

7701

7705

7706

7707

53

Serie_31_E.indd 19Serie_31_E.indd 19 31.08.2006 12:24:3331.08.2006 12:24:33

Page 175: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acco

rdin

g to

sam

ple

key

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

7710

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

Securing device for elevating doors

54

Serie_31_E.indd 20Serie_31_E.indd 20 31.08.2006 12:24:3331.08.2006 12:24:33

Page 176: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Finishes Features

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKA

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r (no

t loc

kabl

e) tu

rn

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Article

Cylinder system series 31

Performance features

● ● ❍

7710

55

Serie_31_E.indd 21Serie_31_E.indd 21 31.08.2006 12:24:3631.08.2006 12:24:36

Page 177: Lock & Cylinders

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 14Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 14 31.08.2006 13:39:3331.08.2006 13:39:33

Page 178: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 15Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 15 31.08.2006 13:39:4131.08.2006 13:39:41

Page 179: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Two security systems combined in one locking cylinder

58

Standard design

BodyPlugBronze tumbler pinsBrass mushroom drive pinsBrass cylindrical drive pinsDrive springsCouplingCamThreaded hole for fi xing screw

2

3

4

5

6

7

1

8

916

15

14

13

12

11

10 1st drive pin of hardened steel, mushroom typeVariable rockersTouch rockersLocking barOutline millingsKey bladeKey bowKey bittings17

Optional design, security version

1918 Plug support

Body security pin1st and 2nd tumbler pin of hardened steel2nd drive pin of hardened steel, mushroom typeHard metal anti-drill pins (plug)Hard metal anti-drill pins (body)

22

21

20

23

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 16Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 16 31.08.2006 13:39:4831.08.2006 13:39:48

Page 180: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme

M 5 1 21.5A B

1017

R 1533.1

M 510

19

A B

Locking cameight-wayadjustable

R 15

360°

180°

315°45°

270°90°

225°135°

10

M 5A

19

Double cylinder 3300 Half cylinder 3301 Rim cylinder 3319

Cylinder with turn 3304 Cylinder with knurled turn 3306 Brass padlock 3328

M 5A B

0.8 29 Ø 3

0

Standard28-60

4 26.5

Ø 4

3.5

Ø 3

2

74

Ø 9

2056.2

32 A50

.3

Single row locking system with additional locking elements

The construction of cylinder series 33 SL largely corresponds to that of cylinder series 31; it is supplemented by a second, independent security system with lateral locking elements under spring pressure providing increased protection against generally known manipulation techniques. Locking suites and registered differ are available. In locking suites, cylinder systems 33 SL and 31 can be combined with each other.

● Single row of 5 or 6 divided pins plus additional lateral touch rockers and locking bar acting independently; outline cuttings on the key blade● For reasons of security, locking suites and registered differ are available with security card only● Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished brass, bronzed brass● Certifi cation to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P3● Certifi cation to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 6, attack resistance class class 0 (standard, class 2 optional)● With VdS certifi cate, class B as an option● Cylinder variants with SKG certifi cate on request

59

The product range is continued on the following pages. Further details on page 103 et seqq.

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 17Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 17 31.08.2006 13:39:5631.08.2006 13:39:56

Page 181: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

insi

de o

pera

tion

with

soc

ket k

ey

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresArticle Locking types Functions

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ●

● ●

● ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

● ●

❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

3300330233123316338033823392

330133103371338133953396

3304

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

3305

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

33063386

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ●

60

Double cylinder

Half cylinder

Cylinder with turn,black turn

Cylinder with round turnlight metal turn F1

Cylinder with knurled turn

Serie_33_E.indd 2Serie_33_E.indd 2 31.08.2006 12:26:5731.08.2006 12:26:57

Page 182: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r tur

n kn

ob

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresFinishes Features Article

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

61

3300330233123316338033823392

330133103371338133953396

3304

3305

33063386

Serie_33_E.indd 3Serie_33_E.indd 3 31.08.2006 12:27:1031.08.2006 12:27:10

Page 183: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

insi

de o

pera

tion

with

soc

ket k

ey

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresArticle Locking types Functions

❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

❍ ❍ ●

3375

1324

3307

❍ ❍ ●

3313

❍ ❍ ● ●

3314

❍ ❍ ●

62

Cylinder with Hewi turnØ 30 or 50 mm

Interior cylinder forrim locks 44 ..,without SL feature

Double round cylinder

Double cylinder side A: with differ side B: for socket key

Cabinet cylinder forcabinet lock 4929

Serie_33_E.indd 4Serie_33_E.indd 4 31.08.2006 12:27:1131.08.2006 12:27:11

Page 184: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r tur

n kn

ob

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresFinishes Features Article

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

63

3375

1324

3307

3313

3314

Serie_33_E.indd 5Serie_33_E.indd 5 31.08.2006 12:27:2131.08.2006 12:27:21

Page 185: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

insi

de o

pera

tion

with

soc

ket k

ey

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresArticle Locking types Functions

❍ ❍ ●

❍ ❍ ●

3317

3319

3320

❍ ❍ ●

3321

❍ ❍ ●

3328

❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍

64

Cabinet cylinder for cabinet lock 4919/4920

Rim cylinder

Tubular exterior cylinder

Special cylinder

Cylinder padlock,sea-water protectedshackle Ø 9 mm

Serie_33_E.indd 6Serie_33_E.indd 6 31.08.2006 12:27:2131.08.2006 12:27:21

Page 186: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r tur

n kn

ob

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresFinishes Features Article

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

● ● ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

65

3317

3319

3320

3321

3328

Serie_33_E.indd 7Serie_33_E.indd 7 31.08.2006 12:27:3231.08.2006 12:27:32

Page 187: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

insi

de o

pera

tion

with

soc

ket k

ey

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresArticle Locking types Functions

❍ ❍ ●

❍ ❍ ●

3336

3344

3345

❍ ❍ ●

3346

❍ ❍ ● ●

3349

❍ ❍ ●

66

Double cylinderside A: dummyside B: with differ

Rim cylinder forrim lock 4445

Cam cylinder

Cam cylinder, with reduced rotation

Cam cylinder

Serie_33_E.indd 8Serie_33_E.indd 8 31.08.2006 12:27:3231.08.2006 12:27:32

Page 188: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r tur

n kn

ob

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresFinishes Features Article

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

67

3336

3344

3345

3346

3349

Serie_33_E.indd 9Serie_33_E.indd 9 31.08.2006 12:27:4331.08.2006 12:27:43

Page 189: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

insi

de o

pera

tion

with

soc

ket k

ey

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresArticle Locking types Functions

❍ ❍ ●

❍ ❍ ●

3360

3362

3364

❍ ❍ ●

3366

❍ ❍ ●

3376

❍ ❍ ● ●

68

Rim cylinder forrim locks 4460and 4470

Special cylinder

Push cylinder

Cam cylinder

Cam cylinder

Serie_33_E.indd 10Serie_33_E.indd 10 31.08.2006 12:27:4331.08.2006 12:27:43

Page 190: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r tur

n kn

ob

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresFinishes Features Article

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

69

3360

3362

3364

3366

3376

Serie_33_E.indd 11Serie_33_E.indd 11 31.08.2006 12:27:5231.08.2006 12:27:52

Page 191: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

insi

de o

pera

tion

with

soc

ket k

ey

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresArticle Locking types Functions

❍ ❍ ●

❍ ❍ ●

3377

3378

3379

❍ ❍ ●

70

Double round cylinder, short

Half round cylinder, short

Round cylinder, short with turn

❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ●

3399

Half cylinder, with earth screw

444544604470

Rim lock, without cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, with turn

Serie_33_E.indd 12Serie_33_E.indd 12 31.08.2006 12:27:5231.08.2006 12:27:52

Page 192: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r tur

n kn

ob

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresFinishes Features Article

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

71

3377

3378

3379

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3399

444544604470

Serie_33_E.indd 13Serie_33_E.indd 13 31.08.2006 12:28:0531.08.2006 12:28:05

Page 193: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

insi

de o

pera

tion

with

soc

ket k

ey

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresArticle Locking types Functions

444544604470

Rim lock, without cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset,with integral restraint, with turn

444544604470

444544604470

4919

4920

Rim lock, for interior cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, without turn

Rim lock, for interior cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset,with ingetral restraint, without turn

Cabinet espagnolette lockwith strike plate and rods, 30 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 3317 or lockable turn 7715

Cabinetlock,30 or 40 mm backsetfor cylinder 3317 orlockable turn 7715

72

Serie_33_E.indd 14Serie_33_E.indd 14 31.08.2006 12:28:0531.08.2006 12:28:05

Page 194: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r tur

n kn

ob

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresFinishes Features Article

444544604470

❍ ●

❍ ●

444544604470

444544604470

4919

4920

73

Serie_33_E.indd 15Serie_33_E.indd 15 31.08.2006 12:28:1531.08.2006 12:28:15

Page 195: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

insi

de o

pera

tion

with

soc

ket k

ey

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresArticle Locking types Functions

4929

Cabinet lock,25, 30, 35 or 40 mm backsetfor cylinder 3314

7706

7707

7715

❍ ❍ ●

7720

❍ ❍ ●

Turn for cabinetlocks 4919 and 4920,rotatable, not lockable

Knob,fi x, not lockable

Turn forlocks 4919 and 4920

Securing device for elevating doors

74

Serie_33_E.indd 16Serie_33_E.indd 16 31.08.2006 12:28:1531.08.2006 12:28:15

Page 196: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r tur

n kn

ob

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresFinishes Features Article

4929

● ❍ ●

● ❍ ●

● ❍ ● ❍

● ● ❍ ❍ ❍

7706

7707

7715

7720

75

Serie_33_E.indd 17Serie_33_E.indd 17 31.08.2006 12:28:2731.08.2006 12:28:27

Page 197: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

free-

whe

el fu

nctio

n

emer

genc

y ke

y fu

nctio

n

hier

arch

y fu

nctio

n

insi

de u

ncou

pled

insi

de o

pera

tion

with

soc

ket k

ey

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

fi xi

ng h

oles

with

cus

hion

ed c

am

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresArticle Locking types Functions

7721

❍ ❍ ●

Lockable handle (for windows)

76

Serie_33_E.indd 18Serie_33_E.indd 18 31.08.2006 12:28:2731.08.2006 12:28:27

Page 198: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

Hew

i tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

turn

kno

b w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

lock

silv

er c

olou

r, w

hite

or b

row

n

3 ke

ys e

ach

(not

with

lock

ing

suite

s)

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

sea-

wat

er p

rote

cted

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

VdS

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n

doub

le lo

ckin

g ca

m

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 10

teet

h

toot

hed

lock

ing

cam

, 18

teet

h

dust

pro

tect

ion

with

inse

rt fo

r tur

n kn

ob

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Cylinder system series 33 SL

Performance featuresFinishes Features Article

● ● ❍ ❍ ❍

7721

77

Serie_33_E.indd 19Serie_33_E.indd 19 31.08.2006 12:28:3031.08.2006 12:28:30

Page 199: Lock & Cylinders

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 18Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 18 31.08.2006 13:39:5731.08.2006 13:39:57

Page 200: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 37

Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 19Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 19 31.08.2006 13:40:0531.08.2006 13:40:05

Page 201: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 37

Cylinder series for registered differs and locking suites installed by trading partners themselves

Standard design

BodyPlugBronze tumbler pinsBrass mushroom drive pinBrass cylindrical drive pinDrive springsCouplingCamThreaded hole for fi xing screwHardened steel mushroom drive pin

Hard metal anti-drill pins (plug)Hard metal anti-drill pins (body)Area for customer’s embossing and markingArea for further marking

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

1312

10

11

Optional design, security version

80

14

14

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 20Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 20 31.08.2006 13:40:1231.08.2006 13:40:12

Page 202: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 37

Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme

Established locking system for the local delivery service

With cylinder series 37, the most important types of articles and functions are supplied according to individual agreements with trading partners. The series gives them the possibility to offer their own local delivery service.

● Single row of 5 or 6 divided pins● Available as assembled cylinders with registered differs or as service cylinders ● Keys always with customer’s embossing● Comprehensive range of assembly components and tools ● Finishes: nickel-plated brass and satin brass ● Certifi cation to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P2 (5 pins) or P3 (6 pins)● Certifi cation to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 4 (5 pins) or class 6 (6 pins), attack resistance class 0 (standard, class 2 optional)● Cylinder variants with SKG certifi cate on request

81

M 5 1 21.5A B

1017

R 1533.1

M 510

19

A B

Locking cameight-wayadjustable

R 15

360°

180°

315°45°

270°90°

225°135°

10

M 5A

19

M 5A B

0.8 29 Ø 3

0

Standard28-60

4 26.5

Ø 4

3.5

Ø 3

2

74

Ø 9

50

56

32

35

20

Double cylinder 3700 Half cylinder 3701 Rim cylinder 3719

Cylinder with turn 3704 Cylinder with knurled turn 3706 Brass padlock 3728

Key blank 3735

The product range is continued on the following pages.

CUSTOMER

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 21Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 21 31.08.2006 13:40:2031.08.2006 13:40:20

Page 203: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Cylinder system series 37

Performance featuresArticle Locking types Finishes

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

nick

el-p

late

d br

ass

satin

bra

ss

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

3 ke

ys e

ach

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Functions Features

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍

370037023712378037823792

37013781

3704

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍

37063786

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍

3707

● ● ● ❍

82

Double cylinder

Half cylinder

Cylinder with turn,turn black

Cylinder with knurled turn

Double round cylinder

Serie_37_E.indd 2Serie_37_E.indd 2 31.08.2006 12:36:3531.08.2006 12:36:35

Page 204: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 37

Performance features

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Finishes

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

nick

el-p

late

d br

ass

satin

bra

ss

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

3 ke

ys e

ach

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Functions Features

83

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍

3709

3728

3744

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ❍

3746

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ● ❍

3760

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ❍

Rim cylinder

Cylinder padlocksea-water protectedshackle Ø 9 mm

Rim cylinder forrim lock 4445

Cam cylinder

Rim cylinder forrim locks 4460and 4470

Serie_37_E.indd 3Serie_37_E.indd 3 31.08.2006 12:36:4931.08.2006 12:36:49

Page 205: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Cylinder system series 37

Performance featuresArticle Locking types Finishes

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

nick

el-p

late

d br

ass

satin

bra

ss

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

3 ke

ys e

ach

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Functions Features

84

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ❍

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ❍ ● ❍

3766

3776

3785

● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ❍

444544604470

444544604470

Cam cylinder

Cam cylinder

Cam cylinder

Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, with turn

Rim lock, without cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset,with integral restraint, with turn

Serie_37_E.indd 4Serie_37_E.indd 4 31.08.2006 12:37:0231.08.2006 12:37:02

Page 206: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 37

Performance features

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Finishes

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acc.

to s

ecur

ity c

ard

serv

ice

cylin

der

serv

ice c

ylind

er, w

ithou

t pin

ass

embl

y

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

self-

lock

ing

lock

ing

with

key

with

redu

ced

rota

tion

nick

el-p

late

d br

ass

satin

bra

ss

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

3 ke

ys e

ach

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

drill

and

with

draw

al p

rote

ctio

n BZ

KB

heig

ht o

f sha

ckle

35,

50

or 1

25 m

m

shac

kle

Ø 6

,3 m

m, h

eigh

t 35

mm

deliv

ery

with

out c

ylin

der

Functions Features

85

444544604470

444544604470

Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, without turn

Rim lock, for interior cylinder,45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, without turn

Serie_37_E.indd 5Serie_37_E.indd 5 31.08.2006 12:37:1231.08.2006 12:37:12

Page 207: Lock & Cylinders

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 22Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 22 31.08.2006 13:40:2231.08.2006 13:40:22

Page 208: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 88

Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 23Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 23 31.08.2006 13:40:3031.08.2006 13:40:30

Page 209: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 88

Basic series for standard applications

88

Standard design

BodyPlugBrass tumbler pinsBrass cylindrical drive pinDrive springsCouplingCamThreaded hole for fi xing screwHardened steel mushroom drive pin

Brass mushroom drive pin Key bladeKey bowKey bittings

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

13

12

10

11

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 24Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 24 31.08.2006 13:40:3631.08.2006 13:40:36

Page 210: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system series 88

Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme

Nickel-plated steel, 50 pieces per package

M 5A B

0.8 29 Ø 3

0M 5 1 21.5A B

1017

R 1533.1

M 510

19

A B

Locking cameight-wayadjustable

R 15

180°

315°45°

270°90°

225°135°

10

M 5A

19

360°

Double cylinder 8800 Half cylinder 8900 Key blank B 4135 0701

Cylinder with turn 8804 Cylinder with knurled turn 8806

Conventional cylinder system for cost-effi cient standard solutions

Cylinder series 88 offers to cost-conscious users the most important types of articles and functions, still meeting the highest demands on quality. Very short delivery periods due to storage of all relevant variants in large quantities.

● Single row of 5 divided pins ● Not available for locking suites or registered differ● Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, bronzed brass● Certifi cation to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P2● Certifi cation to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 4, attack resistance class 0 (standard)● Cylinder variants with SKG certifi cate on request

89

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 25Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 25 31.08.2006 13:40:4431.08.2006 13:40:44

Page 211: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Locking types Functions

sing

le d

iffer

regi

ster

ed d

iffer

keye

d al

ike

acco

rdin

g to

sam

ple

key

cent

ral l

ocki

ng s

uite

mas

ter k

eyed

sui

te

gran

d m

aste

r key

ed s

uite

serv

ice

cylin

der

norm

al fu

nctio

n

pani

c fu

nctio

n, o

ne s

ide

pani

c fu

nctio

n, b

oth

side

s

bras

s, n

icke

l-pla

ted

bras

s, s

atin

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

3 ke

ys e

ach

addi

tiona

l key

s po

ssib

le

Drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKA

Drill

pro

tect

ion

BSKB

embo

ssin

g w

ith d

igits

/lette

rs

Cylinder system series 88

Performance featuresFinishes Features

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍

880088028812889088928893

89008891

8804

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

88068896

● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍

90

Double cylinder

Half cylinder

Cylinder with turn,turn black

Cylinder with knurled turn

Serie_88_E.indd 2Serie_88_E.indd 2 31.08.2006 13:32:2031.08.2006 13:32:20

Page 212: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system Combi series

Supplementary range for projects

Profi le cylinders with various operating possibilitiesThe Combi series provides supplementary solutions for projects. The basic idea is to use mortise locks with cylinder bore for purposes not requiring key operation (e.g. WCs, electric shafts, simple fl aps without key operation, operation with turn on one side etc.) ● Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished brass, bronzed brass● Manufacture according to current standards DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 27Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 27 31.08.2006 13:40:5331.08.2006 13:40:53

Page 213: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Side A (outside) Finishes

dum

my

for s

ocke

t key

with

indi

catio

n re

d/w

hite

with

turn

with

roun

d tu

rn

with

knu

rled

turn

with

HEW

I tur

n Ø

30

or 5

0 m

m

with

sta

inle

ss s

teel

turn

dum

my

for s

ocke

t key

with

turn

with

roun

d tu

rn

with

knu

rled

turn

with

HEW

I tur

n Ø

30

or 5

0 m

m

nick

el-p

late

d

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

HEW

I tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

with

oth

er k

eys

Cylinder system Combi series

Performance featuresSide B (inside) Features

● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3002

3003

3004 ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3022 ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3044 ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

92

Double cylinderside A / side B

Double cylinderside A / side B

Double cylinderside A / side B

Half cylinder

Half cylinder

Kombiserie_E.indd 2Kombiserie_E.indd 2 31.08.2006 12:19:5931.08.2006 12:19:59

Page 214: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system Combi series

Performance features

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Side A (outside) Finishes

dum

my

for s

ocke

t key

with

indi

catio

n re

d/w

hite

with

turn

with

roun

d tu

rn

with

knu

rled

turn

with

HEW

I tur

n Ø

30

or 5

0 m

m

with

sta

inle

ss s

teel

turn

dum

my

for s

ocke

t key

with

turn

with

roun

d tu

rn

with

knu

rled

turn

with

HEW

I tur

n Ø

30

or 5

0 m

m

nick

el-p

late

d

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

HEW

I tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

with

oth

er k

eys

Side B (inside) Features

93

● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3005

3007

3014 ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3015 ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3017 ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

Double cylinderwith round turnside A / side B

Double cylinderwith round turnside A / side B

Double cylinderwith turnside A / side B

Double cylinderwith knurled turnside A / side B

Double cylinderwith knurled turnside A / side B

Kombiserie_E.indd 3Kombiserie_E.indd 3 31.08.2006 12:20:0831.08.2006 12:20:08

Page 215: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Side A (outside) Finishes

dum

my

for s

ocke

t key

with

indi

catio

n re

d/w

hite

with

turn

with

roun

d tu

rn

with

knu

rled

turn

with

HEW

I tur

n Ø

30

or 5

0 m

m

with

sta

inle

ss s

teel

turn

dum

my

for s

ocke

t key

with

turn

with

roun

d tu

rn

with

knu

rled

turn

with

HEW

I tur

n Ø

30

or 5

0 m

m

nick

el-p

late

d

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

HEW

I tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

with

oth

er k

eys

Cylinder system Combi series

Performance featuresSide B (inside) Features

94

Double cylinderwith Hewi turnside A / side B

Double cylinderwith turnside A / side B

Double cylinderwith round turnside A / side B

Double cylinderwith knurled turnside A / side B

Double cylinderwith Hewi turnside A / side B

● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3025

3027

3032 ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3033 ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3034 ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

Kombiserie_E.indd 4Kombiserie_E.indd 4 31.08.2006 12:20:1831.08.2006 12:20:18

Page 216: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder system Combi series

Performance features

● = standard ❍ = optional

Article Side A (outside) Finishes

dum

my

for s

ocke

t key

with

indi

catio

n re

d/w

hite

with

turn

with

roun

d tu

rn

with

knu

rled

turn

with

HEW

I tur

n Ø

30

or 5

0 m

m

with

sta

inle

ss s

teel

turn

dum

my

for s

ocke

t key

with

turn

with

roun

d tu

rn

with

knu

rled

turn

with

HEW

I tur

n Ø

30

or 5

0 m

m

nick

el-p

late

d

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

HEW

I tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

with

oth

er k

eys

Side B (inside) Features

95

Double cylinderwith turnside A / side B

Double cylinderwith Hewi turnside A / side B

Double cylinderwith round turnsside A / side B

Double cylinderwith knurled turnsside A / side B

Double cylinderwith Hewi turnsside A / side B

● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3035

3037

3045 ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3046 ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3047 ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

Kombiserie_E.indd 5Kombiserie_E.indd 5 31.08.2006 12:20:2831.08.2006 12:20:28

Page 217: Lock & Cylinders

● = standard ❍ = optional

Cylinder system Combi series

Performance featuresArticle Side A (outside) Finishes

dum

my

for s

ocke

t key

with

indi

catio

n re

d/w

hite

with

turn

with

roun

d tu

rn

with

knu

rled

turn

with

HEW

I tur

n Ø

30

or 5

0 m

m

with

sta

inle

ss s

teel

turn

dum

my

for s

ocke

t key

with

turn

with

roun

d tu

rn

with

knu

rled

turn

with

HEW

I tur

n Ø

30

or 5

0 m

m

nick

el-p

late

d

bras

s, s

atin

bras

s, p

olis

hed

nick

el-p

late

d po

lishe

d

bron

zed

turn

with

diff

eren

t fi n

ish

roun

d tu

rn w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

HEW

I tur

n w

ith d

iffer

ent fi

nis

h

with

oth

er k

eys

Side B (inside) Features

96

Half cylinderwith round turn

Half cylinderwith knurled turn

Half cylinderwith turn

Half cylinderwith Hewi turn

● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3008

3018

3024 ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

3028 ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

Kombiserie_E.indd 6Kombiserie_E.indd 6 31.08.2006 12:20:3831.08.2006 12:20:38

Page 218: Lock & Cylinders

Service and Software

Ordering · Information · Planning · Administration

KeyManagerProfessional software for the administration of master keyed locking suites

MKS – MasterKeySystemInternet based platform for planning and ordering master keyed locking suites

CIS – Customer Information SystemOrdering and information system for processing orders and invoices

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 29Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 29 31.08.2006 13:41:0731.08.2006 13:41:07

Page 219: Lock & Cylinders

98

KeyManager

Professional software for the administration of master keyed locking suites

BKS KeyManager 3.01

With the BKS KeyManager 3.01 you have your locking suite under control at any time.

Anyone who is in charge of managing a major locking suite knows the efforts this job involves:

Who received which key and when? When was the key returned? And which key fi ts on which doors?

With the BKS KeyManager 3.01, you gain easy and time-saving control of your locking suite. As user-friendly programme, BKS KeyManager 3.01 helps you to manage locking suites safely and effortlessly.

Advantages:● Simple usage via Windows Interface ● Protection against unauthorised access due to supervisor function with password coding ● Individually applicable – also for several locking suites at a time● Easy administration and printing of complete key combination records ● Administration of distributed keys by person with dates of delivery and return ● Printing of forms for key reception and return ● Printing of forms for cylinder installation and removal● Display and printing of access authorisations of superordinate keys with all related single differs

● Ordering of keys and cylinders including management of keys and cylinders delivered ● Individual user administration ● User management independent of locking suites ● Convenient search function independent of locking suites ● Calendar function for temporary distribution ● Key combination record completely editable ● Integration of user layouts for receipt masters ● Dispatch of receipts by email

View of door list with query result: „which keys lock this door“

1

View of key combination record2■ Monitor with 1024 x 768 pixel resolution ■ Mouse■ Internet Explorer 5.x or higher

System requirements: ■ Pentium 500 ■ 128 MB RAM ■ Windows™ 98SE/ME/NT/2000/XP ■ 100 MB free hard disc memory

2

1

Software_E.indd 2Software_E.indd 2 31.08.2006 13:34:2031.08.2006 13:34:20

Page 220: Lock & Cylinders

MKS – MasterKeySystem

Internet-based planning and ordering platform

99

Advantages:● Sending orders without modem connection● Permanent update of article data● Permanent connection to our internal systems● Maximum supply of data concerning existing master key systems ● Integrated plausibility check to prevent errors● No additional software required● Password login with supervisor function

System requirements: ■ Internet access ■ Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher ■ Magnetic card reader

View – single positions

2

View – order data1

View – subsequent delivery of keys

4

View – function plan3

MKS – MasterKeySystem

MKS – MasterKeySystem is an internet-based planning and ordering platform for master keyed locking suites. The software was developed to simplify order processing and to provide maximum service. Delivery periods and the number of call backs are reduced.

The permanent development of this product guarantees order processing on a high technical level.

The following order processing functions are currently possible:

■ Creation of new master key systems (all profi le cylinder systems)

■ Creation of system extensions (all profi le cylinder systems)

■ Creation of subsequent key deliveries for locking suites

■ Quotation module for new systems and system extensions

■ Free services: – online collection of key combination records – locking suite data for BKS KeyManager 3.01 – key identifi cation – key record – key labels

2

1

4

3

Software_E.indd 3Software_E.indd 3 31.08.2006 13:34:2431.08.2006 13:34:24

Page 221: Lock & Cylinders

CIS – Customer Information System

Internet-based information and ordering platform

100

CIS – Customer Information System

CIS is an internet-based infor-mation and ordering platform for all divisions of the company group. Comprising all articles with determined article number, e.g. storage articles, CIS helps to shorten delivery periods and to avoid possible call backs.

The permanent development of this product guarantees order processing at a high technical standard.

The system offers the following functions:

■ Access to all orders of the whole company group

■ Tracking of all orders

■ Creation of orders in the divisions windows, doors and accessories

■ Real time availability check of all articles

■ Collecting invoices to all orders in PDF format.

View – order catalogue

2

View – order tracking

1

2

1

Software_E.indd 4Software_E.indd 4 31.08.2006 13:34:3131.08.2006 13:34:31

Page 222: Lock & Cylinders

CIS – Customer Information System

Internet-based information and ordering platform

101

System requirements: ■ Internet access ■ Internet Explorer

Advantages:● Convenient dispatch of orders ● Permanent update of article data● Permanent connection to our internal systems ● Supply of data concerning stock quantities● Initiation of delivery in case of available stock● Images of all articles● Technical description of all articles● No additional software required● Login with password

View – Invoice request4

View – Real time availability check

3

4

3

Software_E.indd 5Software_E.indd 5 31.08.2006 13:34:3931.08.2006 13:34:39

Page 223: Lock & Cylinders

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 30Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 30 31.08.2006 13:41:1231.08.2006 13:41:12

Page 224: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

Features and functions of mechanic locking cylinders

Certifi cations / Approvals ......................................................... Page 106Double cylinder functions ........................................................ Page 110, 111Drill protection ....................................................................... Page 107Drill and withdrawal protection ................................................ Page 108Dust protection ........................................................................ Page 115Embossing with digits and/or letters ........................................ Page 115Finishes .................................................................................... Page 109Fixing holes of half cylinders .................................................... Page 114Index of headings ..................................................................... Page 118Locking suites .......................................................................... Page 104, 105Locking cams for profi le cylinders ........................................... Page 112Product liability and product information ................................. Page 116, 117Profi le cylinders with reduced rotations ................................... Page 114Rotations of cam cylinders, cam shapes .................................. Page 113Two-pin keys ............................................................................ Page 115

Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 31Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 31 31.08.2006 13:41:1831.08.2006 13:41:18

Page 225: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

104

Locking suites

Central locking suite (Z system)A central locking suite is particularly suitable for multifamily residences.

Several different single keys – e.g. for fl ats – not only lock the fl at, but also other doors assigned to them (basement, letter box, garage); moreover, one or more central cylinders such as house entrance, garden door, central passage doors are locked with these keys.

Example of use:Multifamily residence Each tenant can use with his key the doors assigned to him (fl at entrance, individual cellar, letter box, garage etc.) – and also the doors used by all tenants (house entrance door = central cylinder).

However, none of the tenants can access with his key another tenant’s fl at.

3

Flat 4

Flat 3

Flat 2

Flat 12

41

3

2

41

3

2

4

1

1 32 4Individual cellar

Garage 1 Garage 2

Base

men

t en

tranc

e

Hous

e en

tranc

e

Lette

r box

es

Hinweise_E.indd 2Hinweise_E.indd 2 31.08.2006 12:14:3431.08.2006 12:14:34

Page 226: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

105

Locking suites

Master keyed locking suite (HS system)Principally, a master keyed suite comprises a multitude of differently locking single cylinders, each with individually assigned single keys. Each locking cylinder is also operated by a master key. Thus, all rooms in a building can be accessed with the master key by one or more equally autho-rised persons.

It is possible to integrate in a master keyed suite the functionality of a central locking suite.

Typical applications for master keyed locking suites (HS systems) are minor offi ce or factory buildings, shops, restaurants, one-family houses (also with offi ce).

Grand master keyed suite (GHS system)Grand master keyed suites are locking suites with several authorisation levels refl ecting the key responsibilities within a company organi-sation.

With the grand master key, all locking cylinders of the locking suite can be locked. Several locking cylinders with various single keys can be assigned to one group key. Various groups can be assigned to a master group key again.

Moreover, it is possible to provide further authorisation levels and also function requirements of central cylinders operated by several keys of various authorisation levels.

Typical applications for GHS systems are administration buildings and plants, theatres, fi nancial institutes, hotels, hospitals, sanatories, universities, airports etc.

Hinweise_E.indd 3Hinweise_E.indd 3 31.08.2006 12:14:4431.08.2006 12:14:44

Page 227: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

106

DIN EN 1303, edition 04-2005

Cylinders with single differ

– Key related security

– Attack resistance

Certifi cate Series 31

While locking cylinders have to meet versatile requirements, the protection against manipulation and burglary is of major concern. The table below gives an overview of various tests and approvals of BKS cylinder series.

DIN 18252, edition 09-1999

Cylinders with single differ

Cylinders in locking suites

Cylinders for security doors

VdS certifi cation* List VdS 2156 and VdS 2299

Class A, with drill protection ordrill and withdrawal protection –Central locking suites

Class B (list VdS 2299),with drill protection – single differ for alarm system activation

Class B, with drill protection –single differ

Class B (list VdS 2299), with drill and withdrawal protection – single differfor alarm system activation

Class B, with drill protection or drill and withdrawal protection –master / grand master keyed locking suites

Series 31 Series 33 SL Series 37 Series 45 Series 50 Series 88Series 33 SL

* = available as an option

5 pins 6 pins 5 pins 6 pins 5 pins

Class 4

Class 1*

Class P 2

Class P 2

Class P 2*

M 105 318*

Class 6

Class 2*

Class P 3

Class P 3

Class P 3*

M 105 311*

M 105 319*

Class 6

Class 2*

Class P 3

Class P 3

Class P 3*

M 105 313*

M 105 313*

M 105 314*

M 105 320*

Class 6

Class 2*

Class P 3

Class P 3

Class P 3*

M 105 315*

M 105 315*

M 105 316*

M 105 321*

Class 4

Class 1*

Class P 2

Class P 2

Class P 2*

Class 6

Class 2*

Class P 3

Class P 3

Class P 3*

M 105 317*

M 105 322*

Class 6

Class 2*

Class P 3

Class P 3

Class P 3*

Class 4

Class 0

Class P 2

Class P 2*

Class A, with drill protection –single differ

M 105 309* — — — — — — —

Class A, with drill and withdrawal protection – single differ

M 105 310* — — — — — — —

Class B, with drill and withdrawal protection – single differ

— M 105 312* M 105 314* M 105 316* — M 105 317* — —

Certifi cations and approvals

Cylinder variants with SKG certificate on request.

*(VdS = German association of non-life insurers)

Hinweise_E.indd 4Hinweise_E.indd 4 31.08.2006 12:14:5031.08.2006 12:14:50

Page 228: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

107

Available drill protection variants

1.+ 2. drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised

1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised

Series 31 / 37 / 50 / 88(optional, for certifi ed applications with identifi cation)

BSKA

1.+ 2. drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised

1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised

Plug reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins

Body reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins

Series 31 / 33 / 37 / 50(optional, standard with series 33,for certifi ed applications with identifi cation)

BSKB

1.+ 2. special drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised

1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised

Plug reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins

Body reinforcement with 2 hard metal pinsadditional special drive pins

Series 31 / 33(optional, standard with series 33,with VdS certifi cate, with identifi cation)

BSKE

Designation Illustration Features Application

Locking cylinders are protected against mechanic attacks (burglary attempts) with different variants of drill protection or drill and withdrawal protection.The following table shows the protection types of various cylinder series.

Hinweise_E.indd 5Hinweise_E.indd 5 31.08.2006 12:14:5131.08.2006 12:14:51

Page 229: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

108

Designation Illustration Features Application

1.+ 2. drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised

1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised

Plug reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins

Body reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins

Plug securing plate and body groove

Body securing pin assembled

Series 31 / 33 / 50(optional)

BZKA

1.+ 2. drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised

1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised

Plug reinforcement with 3 hard metal pins

Body reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins

Body securing pin assembled

Series 31 / 33 / 37 / 50(optional, for certifi ed applications with identifi cation)

BZKB

1.+ 2. special drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised

1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised

Plug reinforcement with 3 hard metal pins

Body reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins

Body securing pin assembled

Additional special drive pins

Series 31 / 33(optional, with VdS certifi cate,with identifi cation)

BZKC

Plug protection disc of hardened steel, galvanised

Series 45(optional)

BZWA

Plug protection disc of hardened steel, galvanised

Body reinforcement with 1 hard metal pin

Series 45 (optional, standard with registered differ)

BZWB

Plug protection disc of hardened steel, galvanised

Body reinforcement with 1 hard metal pin

Body securing pin assembled

Series 45(optional, for certifi ed applications with identifi cation)

BZWC

Plug protection disc of hardened steel, galvanised

Plug pins of hardened steel, galvanised

Filling pins of hardened steel, galvanised

Stainless steel body

Body reinforcement with 1 hard metal pin

Body securing pin assembled

Series 45(optional, with VdS certifi cate, with identifi cation)

BZWD

Available drill and withdrawal protection variants

Hinweise_E.indd 6Hinweise_E.indd 6 31.08.2006 12:14:5431.08.2006 12:14:54

Page 230: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

109

Finishes

Locking cylinders

N = brass nickel-plated

MM = brass satin

PN = brass polished, nickel-plated

MP = brass polished

BR = brass bronzed

Turns

black red white brown brown-olive

Light metal turns

F 1 = silver colour

F 2 = champagne F 3 = gold colour

dark brown

Independent turn knobs

nickel-plated bronzed black red white

brown brown-olive

Synthetic material turns

sunfl ower claret ruby steel blue ultramarine

green coffee brown deep black rock grey pure white

Slight variations of product colours and printed colour samples are possible.

Hinweise_E.indd 7Hinweise_E.indd 7 31.08.2006 12:14:5831.08.2006 12:14:58

Page 231: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

110

Double cylinder functions

Double cylinder in normal function As long as a key is inserted on one side, the opposite cylinder side is locked. Available from order length (BL) 27/27 mm.

Double cylinder with panic function on both sides The locking cylinder can be operated from either side, even if an appropriate key is already inserted on the opposite cylinder side. Available from order length (BL) 31/31 mm.

Double cylinder with panic function on one side The locking cylinder can be operated from outside (order length BL = 27 mm), even if an appropriate key is inserted on the inside. Available in order lengths 27/31 mm, 27/35 mm, ......

Hinweise_E.indd 8Hinweise_E.indd 8 31.08.2006 12:14:5931.08.2006 12:14:59

Page 232: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

111

Double cylinder functions

Double cylinder with emergency key function With the special emergency key, the locking cylinder can be operated, even if an appro-priate key is inserted on the inside. Available from order length (BL) 27/27 mm.

Double cylinder with freewheel function After removal of all keys, cam and cylinder plugs are no longer connected with positive fi tting. Available from order length (BL) 31/31 mm.

Double cylinder with hierarchy function With the subordinate key, only restricted rotation is achieved allowing the operation of the latch via latch lever. With the super-ordinate key, full rotation is achieved allowing to operate both latch and deadbolt. Application in locking suites of series 31 from order length (BL) 27/27 mm; optional for the outside cylinder or for inside and outside cylinder. Not combinable with drill and withdrawal protection nor with panic function.

Hinweise_E.indd 9Hinweise_E.indd 9 31.08.2006 12:15:0831.08.2006 12:15:08

Page 233: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

112

Locking cams for profi le cylinders

Position of locking camIf special directives are not given, double cylinders are delivered as shown in the fi gure on the right. The locking cam is directed to the left or the right.

With special applications or with special lock types, other cam positions are required.The cam position angles available as an option are shown on the right.

Special locking cam shapesSpecial cam shapes are often required for special locks. The shapes shown on the right are available as an option for double or half cylinders.

Further special dimensions are available according to the table on the right.

R15

90° 180° 270° 360°

R15

Geared rim, module 2 10 teeth

Geared rim, module 1,5 18 teeth

Double cam Quadruple cam

R A r13,214,814,713,2

4,84,85,5 –

––33

30°

A

R

r

Hinweise_E.indd 10Hinweise_E.indd 10 31.08.2006 12:15:1631.08.2006 12:15:16

Page 234: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

113

Rotations of cam cylinders, cam shapes and positioning of cams

Rotations of cam cylinders

With the standard type of cam cylinders, the rotation of the plug is always 90°; the key is always withdrawn with the plug in normal position (as shown on the right). Various rotations of the cam are possible by positioning it accordingly.

Example: Rotation A-B = cam in position A (locked) for withdrawal of key, in position B no withdrawal of key.

In the case of cam cylinders with reduced rotation, plug and key rotate 360° whereas the cam rotates 90° only (with 2276 also 180°). With reduced rotation, the key can be withdrawn in both cam positions.

Example: Rotation A-B = cam in position A (locked) or in position B (open); key withdrawal in both positions.

As a standard, cam cylinders are delivered with a straight cam of 35 mm length.

Cam shapesThe shapes shown on the right are available for cam cylinders in various lengths and with various cranks if required.

Positioning of cams Cranked cams can be positioned in 2 different ways. Position F (crank directed inwards) or position V (crank directed outwards) are possible depending on the position of the locking point.

Straight shape

Straight shape with hook

Cranked shape

Cranked shape with hook

B

D

A C

V

F

Hinweise_E.indd 11Hinweise_E.indd 11 31.08.2006 12:15:2931.08.2006 12:15:29

Page 235: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

114

Fixing holes on profi le half cylindersReduced rotation of profi le cylinders

Fixing holes on profi le half cylindersFor the fi xing in switchgears, the following profi le half cylinders are provided with fi xing holes: 3171, 3199, 3371, 3399, 4571, 4599 and 5099.

Half cylinders 3171, 3371 and 4571Locking cam 8-way adjustable, fi xing holes according to table.

Half cylinders 3199, 3399, 4599 and 5099Locking cam in 180° position, radius R17, with earth screw, dimensions to drawing.

Reduced rotation with profi le cylindersFor special functions, the profi le half cylinders 3196, 3396 and 4596 are delivered with reduced rotations for the locking cam (whereas the key rotation is always 360°). The available rotations are shown on the right.

Rotation of locking cam 90°Optional for rotations 1, 2, 3 and 4,key withdrawal in both positions of locking cam.

Rotation of locking cam 180°Optional for rotations 5, 6, 7 and 8,key withdrawal in both positions of locking cam.

R15

90°270°

180°

360°

5

6

7 8

90°270°

180°

360°

R15

10

3 2

4 117

3.5M4

15.5

R17M4

911

M

UT

T U M1011111112

12,820

1010999 ––

M3M3M3M4M4M4M4

▼▼

▼▼

Hinweise_E.indd 12Hinweise_E.indd 12 31.08.2006 12:15:3831.08.2006 12:15:38

Page 236: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

115

Two-pin key, dust protection, embossing

Two-pin keyA variety of profi le cylinders of different series is prepared for a simple two-pin key.This two-pin key has the article number B 3502 0001.

Dust protectionIn especially dusty environment, it is recommendable to protect the locking mechanism of cylinders with a protection fl ap. The illustration on the right shows fl aps of various series.

Embossing with digits and/or lettersLocking cylinders and keys can be marked with special embossings on request.

As for cylinders, it is generally possible to make special embossings on the front (also on cylinders of locking suites).

Series 31 and 33 SL Series 45 janus Series 50 Series 88

▼▼

As for keys, digits and/or letters can be embossed on the spots marked with an X as shown in the fi gures on the right (this does not apply to keys for locking suites).

Hinweise_E.indd 13Hinweise_E.indd 13 31.08.2006 12:15:4931.08.2006 12:15:49

Page 237: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

116

Product liability – Locking cylinders

In accordance with the producer’s liability for his products, as defi ned in the „pro-duct liability act“ the following information concerning locking cylinders has to be observed.

Non-observance of these instructions absolves us of our liability.

1. Product information and application in accordance with regulations

A locking cylinder as covered by this defi nition is a component which is installed in locks, fi ttings, devices, doors or similar products prepared accordingly. In general, it is exchangeable. Other cylinder variants are to be treated analogously. In order to ensure the proper use of a locking cylinder, it is furnished with 1 key at least.

Terms referring to locking cylinders and locking suites – as far as they are not explained in the catalogue section – are described or illustrated in DIN 18 252.

With reference to these terms and designations, the following must be obser-ved for the use in accordance with regulations:

1.1 Locking cylinders can be installed into locks, fi ttings, devices etc. without re-servation only if those locking cylinders are made to a dimensional standard (e.g. DIN 18 252) and if those locks, fi ttings, devices etc. are prepared espe-cially according to this standard. In all other cases the manufacturer, dealer, installer or user of such locks has to make sure that the locking cylinder he has selected is suitable for installation and for its designated purpose.

Binding legal regulations have to be taken into consideration. Panic locks for example must not be fi tted with locking cylinders with knobs, turning knobs or similar handles, if such locking cylinders are not explicitly approved for the lock system.

1.2 Locking cylinders which might possibly be exposed to forcible action must not protrude more than 3 mm from the face of the protective furniture enclo-sing them tightly.

The degree of burglary protection depends on the particular demands (see e.g. DIN 18 252). If necessary, a locking cylinder is to be specifi ed with drill and withdrawal protection.

1.3 The installation of locking cylinders must be carried out in a way that beyond the provided fi xing points and beyond proper operation there are no other forces acting on the locking cylinder. Likewise, no foreign forces must be applied on the key blade or on the bow in lateral direction as the key is remo-ved.

1.4 For the use in humidors or cold rooms, outdoor weathering, maritime air or corrosive atmosphere, locking cylinders require extra specifi cation. This applies also to locking cylinders designed to be used in dusty environment.

1.5 As a rule, a profi le cylinder with 2 locking sides cannot be operated by key, if a key is already inserted on the opposite side. However, if this shall be possible, a locking cylinder with special design is required.

1.6 For the correct use of the key, the torque must be transmitted to the key only with its being completely inserted in the locking channel of the profi le cylinder.

1.7 Locking cylinder and key are a functional unit. We maintain our liability only for our original products.

1.8 Keys supplied subsequently must be checked for correct functioning in the particular locking cylinder immediately after receipt.

2. Misuse

Misuse – i.e. product not used as specifi ed – of locking cylinders or keys occurs in particular if:

2.1 an auxiliary means such as a nail, pliers, keyring pendant or similar are ap-plied on the key bow in order to increase the torque.

With regard to safe unlocking, the key channel in the cylinder and also the key blade are deliberately designed slim enough to ensure that the torque is transmitted directly from the hand to the key bow.

2.2 the key is misused as handle to move the door leaf. The key is not suited to replace the furniture on passage doors (knob, turn handle, fi xed pull etc.)

2.3 the locking cylinder is operated with a falsifi ed, bent or damaged key.

2.4 the attempt is made to operate the locking cylinder with break-in tools, auxiliary means or foreign copied keys.

2.5 foreign bodies are in the key channel or on the key itself, or if the instructions for maintenance and care were disregarded.

3. Product performance

As long as product performance is not described in detail in our catalogues, leafl ets or descriptions of performance, special requirements for indivi-dual locking cylinders should be mutually agreed on. In this respect the standard DIN 18 252: “Profi le cylinders for door locks” serves as guide-line. This standard determines basic and additional requirements for profi le cylinders. The contents of the quoted standard is also applicable to other locking cylinders.

The service ability of locking cylinders depends, amongst other things, on frequency of use, method of use, environmental infl uences and mainte-nance.

Locking cylinder and key should be replaced as soon as diffi culties arise, particularly when inserting or extracting the key, even if the lock has been lubricated according to instructions.

4. Product maintenance

Locking cylinders must be treated at least twice a year – or more frequently depending on the frequency of use – with cleaning agents recommended by us.

On principle, locking cylinders must not be treated with resinous agents such as oil or graphite.

Only cleaning agents not containing corrosion stimulating ingredients should be used.

5. Information and instruction obligation

For the fulfi lment of the information and instruction obligation according to the product liability act, the following documents and services are available to specialised dealers, lock smiths, architects, designers, advisory instiu-tions, installers and users:

– catalogues, brochures

– tender information, quotation documents, key combination records

– DIN 18 252 (exclusive sale by Beuth Verlag GmbH, Berlin 30)

– installation, operation and maintenance instructions

– advice by us and our fi eld service

For the selection of locks, as well as installation, operation and mainte-nance,

5.1 architects and planners are obliged to request and observe all required pro-duct information from us.

5.2 specialist dealers are obliged to observe product information and reference in the price lists, to specifi cally request all necessary instructions from us and to forward these to the fabricators.

5.3 fabricators are obliged to observe all product information and specifi cally re-quest operating and maintenance instructions from us and to forward these to contractors and consumers.

Hinweise_E.indd 14Hinweise_E.indd 14 31.08.2006 12:16:0031.08.2006 12:16:00

Page 238: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

117

Do not manipulate the lock with foreign objects. Operate it with the appropriate key only.

1.

With standard cylinders you must not insert keys on both sides at the same time.

2.

Do not apply auxiliary means on the key bow (pliers, key ring, nail or similar).

3.

The key bow must not be used as door handle.

4.

Maximum cylinder projection from the face of the door furniture: 3 mm.

5.

Ensure that no lateral forces apply on the key while it is being inserted.

6.

Do not drive the locking cylinder in the lock by force (e.g. with a hammer).

7.

Lubricate the locking cylinder twice a year with special non-resinous lubricants.

8.

Oil or graphite must not be used as lubricants for locking cylinders.

9.

Do not give torque to the key before it is completely inserted.

10.

Bent keys must not be used any longer.

11.

Product information concerning the use of locking cylinders

Hinweise_E.indd 15Hinweise_E.indd 15 31.08.2006 12:16:0031.08.2006 12:16:00

Page 239: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

118

Headword Page Headword Page

Index of headings

Cam (cam cylinder), assembly

Cam (cam cylinder), shapes

Cam (cam cylinder), position

Central locking suite

Certifi cation

Combi series

CIS – Ordering and information system

Details

Dust protection

Drill and withdrawal protection

Drill protection

DIN – German Institute for Industrial Standards

Earth screw

Emergency key function

Embossing with digits/letters

Espagnolette lock

Finishes

Fixing holes

Freewheel function

Grand master keyed suite

Hierarchy function

KeyManager

Lockable handle (for windows)

Locking state indicator

Locking suites

Locking cam (profi le cylinder), shapes

Locking cam (profi le cylinder), position

Master keyed locking suite

MKS – Master key ordering system

Normal function

Notes

Panic function

Product liability

Product information

Push cylinder

Radius R17

Reduced rotations of profi le cylinders

Rotations of cam cylinders

Securing device for elevating doors

Series 31

Series 33 SL

Series 37

Series 45

Series 50

Series 88

SKG – Stichting Kwaliteit Gevelbouw

Two-pin key

VdS – German association of non-life insurers

113

113

113

104

106

91 – 96

100, 101

103 – 119

115

108

107

106

114

111

115

22, 50, 72

109

114

111

105

111

98

16, 52, 76

46

104, 105

112

112

105

99

110

103 – 119

110

116

117

20, 42, 44, 68

114

114

113

16, 54, 74

33 – 55

57 – 77

79 – 85

7 – 25

27 – 32

87 – 90

106

115

106

Hinweise_E.indd 16Hinweise_E.indd 16 31.08.2006 12:16:0331.08.2006 12:16:03

Page 240: Lock & Cylinders

Notes and details

119

Memoranda

Hinweise_E.indd 17Hinweise_E.indd 17 31.08.2006 12:16:0331.08.2006 12:16:03

Page 241: Lock & Cylinders

WP02017-04-2-1 – 01.06 – Printed in Germany – www.sanderwerbung.de

BKS GmbHHeidestraße 71D-42549 VelbertPhone + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31www.bks.de

Gretsch-Unitas GmbH BaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Straße 3D-71254 DitzingenPhone + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93www.g-u.de

Titel_E.indd 2Titel_E.indd 2 31.08.2006 13:36:1531.08.2006 13:36:15

Page 242: Lock & Cylinders

Mechanical and mechatronical locks

Locking Systems

Page 243: Lock & Cylinders

2

The product and its advantages for human users are at the forefront of everything we think and do. The people who benefit most from this are our customers, for whom we are constantly designing new and reliable systems and whom we can offer tailor-made solutions for the specific building application concerned.

Following the Group‘s key principle of “Securing technology for you”, we attach great importance to the topic of Mechatronics in order to provide for future-oriented project solutions.

For instance, when it comes to time-related, person-related and area-related access con-trol, our considerable product spectrum allows to fulfill the most diverse requirements:

from the access to company grounds or to the interior of buildings right through to any door outside or within a building.

In the context of project solutions, certain lock components such as latch, deadbolt, follower and/or locking cam need to be monitored and connected to burglar alarm or escape door control systems.

State-of-the-art locking technology – efficient, user-friendly, inexpensive.

Banks and insurance offices

Office and aministrative buildings

With its forward-thinking innovations, the Gretsch-Unitas Group has long been shaping the market and setting pioneering new stan-dards. As far as the opening and closing of doors are concerned, comfort and security have to be the top priority. For more than a century, our products have been helping to prevent hazards, to red-uce risks, to limit damage and to protect both people and property.

Our complete range covers everything from planning and imple-mentation right through to service. Sophisticated mechanics and intelligent electronics are the perfect partners within this context. Especially our mechatronic products offer a multitude of new design options and extra user benefits. Likewise, the latest market requirements are met with our extensive range of new mechanical products, all of them coming in best quality. We are, however, not concerned with single products only but with the creation of com-plete solutions fulfilling state-of-the-art requirements.

Mechanical and mechatronical locks

Locking Systems

Page 244: Lock & Cylinders

3

The combination of access control systems and escape door locks is relevant where the protection of material assets and data is required on the one hand, and the safegu-arding of people on the other hand, e.g., in airports or banks.

High-grade mechanical master key systems already installed can be retrofitted with

electronics in a short time, thus benefitting from the techncial enhancement.

Whatever the requirements may be at partic-ular locations, today‘s project doors can fulfill different demands at the same time,

be it access control, escape door control, burglar protection or barrier-free accessibility.

With their vast range of state-of-the-art products, the Group Gretsch-Unitas is in a position to implement multitudes of solutions.

Office and aministrative buildings

Airports, railway stations

Hotels Hospitals, care homes

Nurseries, schools, universities

Shopping centres Stadiums, sporting facilities

Page 245: Lock & Cylinders

4

Fire protection Approved for fire and smoke protection doors

CE MarkingCompliance with the directives for free movement of goods within the EU

Suitability for escape doorsApproved emergency exit devices (EN 179) and panic exit devices (EN 1125)

Burglar resistanceTested and certified for various resistance classes to meet individual security demands

RC-tested to ENV 1627-1630

Overview of mortise and multipoint locks

Proj

ect s

tand

ard

Type

of b

uildin

g

ApplicationMaterial Standards Product name

Timbe

r/ste

elAl

umini

umPV

C

Glas

1-lea

f

2-lea

f

Mor

tise l

ock

Mult

ipoint

lock

Mechanical and mechatronical locking systems

* self-locking ** handle-operated

Prevention of lossValued and approved by the German Association of Non-Life Insurers according to individual directives for the prevention of loss

● ● ● ● ● Series 19 *

● ● ● ● Series 21 *

● ● ● ● ● SECURy Series 19 *

● ● ● ● SECURy Series 21 *

● ● ● ● ● Series 18

● ● ● ● Series 23

● ● ● ● ● G.U-SECURy Automatic *

● ● ● ● ● G.U-SECURy Automatic 4 *

● ● ● ● ● G.U-SECURy Automatic AB 2 *

● ● ● ● ● G.U-SECURy Automatic Panic E *

● ● ● ● ● G.U-SECURy MR / MR 2 / MR 4

● ● ● ● ● G.U-SECURy SH 2 / SH 4

● ● ● ● ● G.U-SECURy DR

● ● ● ● ● G.U-SECURy R

● ● ● ● ● G.U-SECURy EUROPA ** MR 2 / SH 2 / R 4

● ● ● ● Series 13

● ● ● ● ● G.U-ECONOMy

● ● ● Heavy duty lock 0615

● ● ● Contract lock 0515

● ● ● PRIME OFFICE 0515

● ● ● PRIME OFFICE Series 21

● ● ● PPRIME OFFICE Series 21 EK RADIO

Page 246: Lock & Cylinders

5

FunctionControl

MonitoringLocking

Mechanical locks Mechatronical locks

Page 6

Page 6

Page 10

Page 10

Page 12

Page 14

Page 15

Page 15

Page 15

Page 14

Page 7,8 Page 7,8

Page 10

Page 7, 8

Page 10

Page 9

Page 9

Page 11

Page 7, 8

Page 14

Page 13

Page 14

Page 7

Page 15

Page 15

Page 247: Lock & Cylinders

6

The locks of Series 19 and Series 21 are the result of consequent development aiming at maximum security and functionality. Thanks to their VdS approval, they are especially suited for bur- glar-resistant doors. Moreover, their suitability for 1-leaf and 2-leaf fire protection and escape route doors according to the new Euro-pean standards opens up completely new options when it comes to conceiving and designing exit devices.

Features

■ The automatic locking of latchbolt and deadbolt is triggered by the trigger lever which is an integral part of the latchbolt. There is no need for an auxiliary latch.

■ No need to lock door manually■ Latchbolt and automatic deadbolt throw of 20 mm ■ Panic functions – Shift function B – Forced locking function C – Latch lever function E■ Series 19 available from 35 mm backset■ Series 21 available from 55 mm backset

Series 19/21, mechanical

Description Series 19 Series 21

Application/Features Narrow stile systems

Timber and steel doors

1-leaf and 2-leaf ● ●

Locking to the top ● ●

Approved to EN 179/EN 1125 ● ●

Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors

● ●

CE approval to EN 12209 ● ●

VdS approval ● ●

Contents1. Self-locking locks with panic function (timber/ steel/ narrow stile) Mortise locks

�Series 19/21, mechanical �Series 19/21, with monitoring contacts �Series 19/21, electrically couplable �Series 19/21, electrically locked panic lock EVP �Series 19, motor lock

Multipoint lock

�SECURy Series 19/21

2. Manually operated mortise locks with panic function (timber/ steel/ narrow stile) �Series 18/23, mechanical �Series 18/23, with monitoring contacts

3. Self-locking multipoint locks (timber/ steel/ narrow stile) �G.U-SECURy Automatic

4. Manually operated multipoint locks (timber/ steel/ narrow stile) �G.U-SECURy �G.U-SECURy EUROPA

5. Manually operated mortise locks (timber/ steel/ narrow stile) �Series 13 �G.U-ECONOMy �Heavy duty lock 0615 �Contract lock 0515

6. Patch locks for toughened glass doors n Manually operated locks �Patch locks PRIME OFFICE Series 21 EK Radion Self-locking locks with panic function �Patch locks PRIME OFFICE Series 21 �Patch locks PRIME OFFICE Series 21 EK Radio

1. Self-locking locks with panic function

Series 19(narrow stile)

1926

Series 21(timber & steel)

2124

Mortise locks

Page 248: Lock & Cylinders

7

The monitoring contacts of the Series 19 and Series 21 locks are switched either by electronic boards in the lockcase or by means of microswitches.

Latch monitoring: passage monitoring feature – feedback to a control centre as soon as the latch is withdrawn.

Deadbolt monitoring: security feature – feedback on whether the deadbolt is thrown or not.

For enhanced security requirements, the combination with a sepa-rate door contact is possible.

Follower monitoring (turn switch contact): mounted on the lockcase, the switch contact monitors the lever handle. In the case of a monitored door, for instance, the video system is triggered as soon as the lever handle is turned.

Locking cam monitoring: this feature is useful in the context of escape door locking, e.g., to momentarily release the escape door lock. There is no need for a separate key switch on the outside.

The locks of Series 19 and Series 21 featuring electric coupling can be used with an electrically couplable outside handle to con trol the access on 1-leaf and 2-leaf doors. They are actuated alternatively via door opening pushbutton, intercom, timer switch or access control installations. Likewise, it is possible to query the status of the individual lock components (latchbolts, inside and outside handle, locking cam) via integral electrical switches. In the event of an emergency, the door can be opened by the mechani-cal profile cylinder (forced locking function C, e.g. during rescue operations).

Series 19/21, monitoring contacts Series 19/21, electrically couplable

Description Series 19 Series 21

Application/Features Narrow stile systems

Timber and steel doors

Latch (latchbolt) ●

Deadbolt ●

Follower (turn switch contact) ●

Locking cam ● ●

Description Series 19 Series 21 / Series 21 EK Radio

Application/Features Narrow stile systems

Timber and steel doors

1-leaf and 2-leaf ● ● / ●

Locking to the top ● ● / ●

Approved to EN 179/EN 1125 ● ● / ●

Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors

● ● / ●

CE approval to EN 12209 ● ● / ●

VdS approval ● ● / ●

Monitoring of:

Latch (latchbolt) ● ● / ●

Follower (turn switch contact) ● ● / ●

Deadbolt ● / ●

Locking cam and deadbolt (latchbolt)

● ● / ●

Locking cam ● / ●

Lever handle coupled/ decoupled

● / ●

Battery charge level ● / ●

Series 19(narrow stile)

1916

Series 21(timber & steel)

2126

Series 19 (narrow stile)

1970

Series 21 (timber & steel)

2172

Series 21 EK Radio (timber & steel)

2170

Page 249: Lock & Cylinders

8

The motor lock is a logical continuation of the Series 19 locks for 1-leaf or 2-leaf narrow stile doors. With the latchbolt being retracted via motor, the lock is especially suited for use in the context of access control and barrier free construction, or in connection with a swing door drive. The motor lock, too, fea - tures contacts for latchbolt or locking cam monitoring. Thanks to uniform lockcases within this lock range and the electronics being integrated inside the lock, the motor-driven panic locks can be exchanged for all existing BKS locks of Series 18 and 19, and for all locks with electrical coupling, or combined with these within a building.

Series 19, motor lock

Description Series 19

Application/Features Narrow stile systems

1-leaf and 2-leaf ●

Locking to the top ●

Approved to EN 179/EN 1125 ●

Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors

CE approval to EN 12209 ●

VdS approval ●

Monitoring of:

Latch (latchbolt) ●

Lever handle ●

Locking cam ●

The electrically locked panic lock EVP of Series 21 or Series 19 is used in connection with an escape door opener integrated in the strike plate; it is suitable for narrow stile, timber and steel doors. Thanks to the VdS approved latchbolt, the closed door is always considered locked from the actuarial point of view.

A characteristic feature of the EVP lock is that the adjustable latch is positioned on the same level as the deadbolt. Thus, the electric locking point is no longer located at a peripheral position but ideally integrated into the area of the lock. This compact solution provides a reduced number of locking system components which facilitates both project planning and door fabrication.

Series 19/21, electrically locked panic lock EVP

Description Series 19 Series 21

Application/Features Narrow stile systems

Timber and steel doors

1-leaf ● ●

Approved to EN 179/EN 1125 ● ●

Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors

● ●

CE approval to EN 12209 ● ●

VdS approval

Dogging mechanism (optional)

● ●

Monitoring of (optional):

Locking cam ● ●

Series 19motor lock

1956

Series 21escape door opener and panic lock EVP

Series 19escape door opener and panic lock EVP

Page 250: Lock & Cylinders

9

The lock range of Series 19 (narrow stile) and Series 21 (timber & steel) is rounded off by the types SECURy Series 19 and 21. The automatic multipoint locks feature modern burglary protection and suitability for use on fire and escape doors. The combination with a swing door drive is possible as an option. What is more, the SECURy Series 21 locks can be fitted with an electrically couplable outside handle.

The motor-driven retraction of all three latchbolts, which is the special feature of the SECURy types with A-opener, is even provid ed in connection with the panic functions B (shift function), C (forced locking function) and E (latch lever function).

As an additional option, both top and bottom latchbolt are available with monitoring function.

SECURY Series 19/21

Description Series 19 Series 21

Application/Features Narrow stile systems

Timber and steel doors

1-leaf and 2-leaf ● ●

Approved to EN 179/EN 1125 ● ●

Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors

● ●

CE approval to EN 12209 ● ●

VdS approval

Dogging mechanism ‚GFF‘ ● ●

Motor-driven (A-opener) ● ●

Electrically couplable outside handle ●

Monitoring of:

Latch (latchbolt) ● ●

Features■ Automatic locking of

latchbolts through integral trigger lever

■ No need to lock door manually■ Panic functions – Shift function B – Forced locking function C – Latch lever function E■ SECURy Series 19 available

from 35 mm backset■ SECURy Series 21 available

from 55 mm backset

1. Self-locking locks with panic function

Multipoint lock

SEcuRy Series 19

with A-opener

SEcuRy Series 21

EK

SEcuRySeries 21

with A-opener

Latchbolt with monitoring

function

Page 251: Lock & Cylinders

10

Series 18/23, mechanical

The lock Series 18 and 23, tried and tested for many years on narrow stile, respectively timber and steel doors, are used in many variants on fire doors and panic or emergency exit devices.

If fitted with monitoring contacts, the locks of Series 18 and 23 are suitable for contract use.

Latch monitoring: passage monitoring feature – feedback to a control centre as soon as the latch is withdrawn.

Deadbolt monitoring: security feature –feedback on whether the deadbolt is thrown or not.

For enhanced security requirements, the combination with a sepa-rate door contact is possible.

Follower monitoring (turn switch contact): mounted on the lockcase, the switch contact monitors the lever handle. In the case of a monitored door, for instance, the video system is triggered as soon as the lever handle is turned.

Locking cam monitoring: this feature is useful in the context of escape door locking, e.g., to momentarily release the escape door lock. There is no need for a separate key switch on the outside.

Series 18/23, monitoring contacts

Description Series 18 Series 23

Application/Features Narrow stile systems

Timber and steel doors

1-leaf and 2-leaf ● ●

Locking to the top ● ●

Approved to EN 179/EN 1125 ● ●

Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors

● ●

CE approval to EN 12209 ● ●

VdS approval

Panic functions:

Shift function B ● ●

Forced locking function C ● ●

Passage function D ● ●

Latch lever function E ● ●

in combination with E-opener (electric opener)

● ●

From backset 25 mm ●

From backset 65 mm ●

Description Series 18 Series 23

Application/Features Narrow stile systems

Timber and steel doors

Monitoring of:

Latch ● ●

Follower (turn switch contact) ● ●

Deadbolt ● ●

Locking cam and deadbolt ● ●

Series 23(timber & steel)

2320

Series 23(timber & steel)

Series 18(narrow stile)

2. Manually operated mortise locks with panic function

Series 18(narrow stile)

1821

Page 252: Lock & Cylinders

11

1

3

4

6

5

1

1

3

4

1

6

5

2

2

1 7

1 7

3

4

3

6

53

4

6

5

6

5

8

G.U-SECURY Automatic

G.U-SECURy Automatic provides security – automatically and im-mediately. By simply closing the door, without locking it, the door is multipoint locked with the latchbolts throwing 20 mm.

The deadbolting Automatic latches or Automatic round bolts (G.U-SECURy Automatic AB2 for steel frames) are secured against being forced back.

From outside, the release of the door pulled shut is effected by a turn of the key, from inside by operating the door handle.

Panic function: Latch lever function E, designed for use with fittings for exit devices to EN 179 and EN 1125.

Safe functioning without free-wheel cylinder: To achieve many years of reliable functioning, G.U-SECURy Automatic does not require a special cylinder with free-wheel function. Any standard profile cylinder can be used.

G.U-SECURy Automatic comes with all current centres, backsets, forends and followers for timber, PVC and aluminium doors.

DescriptionG.U-SECURY Automatic

G.U-SECURY Automatic 4

G.U-SECURY Automatic

AB

Automatic latchbolt ● ●

Automatic round bolt ●

2 latchbolts + 2 massive deadbolts

Safe-T-catch (optional) ● ● ●

Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors

● ● ●

Panic function (optional) ● ●

VdS approval grade A ● ● ●

Daytime release (optional)

● ●

A-opener (optional) ● ● ●

Backset (mm) 33 – 80 33 – 80 55 – 80

Centres (mm) 70 – 94 70 – 94 72

3. Self-locking multipoint locks

G.u-SEcuRy Automatic

with A-opener

G.u-SEcuRy Automatic 4

G.u-SEcuRy Automatic ABAutomatic bolt

G.u-SEcuRy Automatic

with safe-T-catch

G.u-SEcuRy Automatic

panic function E

1 Automatic latchbolt

2 Automatic double latchbolt

3 Latch

4 Deadbolt

5 Follower

6 Cylinder bore (profile or round cylinder)

7 Automatic round bolt

8 Safe-T-catch

Page 253: Lock & Cylinders

12

1

2

3

1

4

5

7 6

7 6

2

3

2

3

7

7 6

7 6

2

3

2

3

2

3

4

5

4

5

4

5

4

5

4

5

1

1

1

71 9

8 8

9

G.U-BKS offers an extended programme of manual multipoint door locks for house, flat and secondary entrance doors of timber, PVC and aluminium.

The G.U-SECURy lock types come with 2 or 4 additional locking points – this means 3-point, respectively 5-point locking over the total height of the door. A special feature of the additional massive bolt(s) or hook bolt(s) is their hardened steel insert making them proof against being sawn through (according to SKG-NL).

Variants■ G.U-SECURy massive bolts (MR)

■ G.U-SECURy hook bolts (SH)

■ G.U-SECURy double bolts (DR)

■ G.U-SECURy rollers (R)

G.U-SECURY

DescriptionG.U-SECURY MR 2 / MR 4

G.U-SECURY SH 2 / SH 4

G.U-SECURY DR

G.U-SECURY R4

Double bolts ●

Hook bolts ●

Massive bolts ●

Rollers/mush- room pins

● ● ●

Safe-T-catch (optional) ● ●

Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors

● ● ●

Key-operated ● ● ● ●

Backset (mm) 25 – 90 25 – 90 33 – 90 25 – 90

Centres (mm) 70 – 94 70 – 94 70 – 94 70 – 94

4. Manually operated multipoint locks

G.u-SEcuRy massive bolts(MR 2 with safe-T-catch / MR 4)

G.u-SEcuRy hook bolts(SH 2 with safe-T-catch / SH 4)

G.u-SEcuRy Double bolts

(DR)

G.u-SEcuRy Roller pins

(R4)

1 Massive bolt

2 Latch

3 Deadbolt

4 Follower

5 Cylinder bore (profile or round cylinder)

6 Roller pin

7 Hook bolt

8 Safe-T-catch

9 Double bolt

Page 254: Lock & Cylinders

13

1

1

6

2

3

4

5

6

7

2

3

4

5

7

7

7

2

3

4

5

G.U-SECURY EUROPA

The handle-operated lock series G.U-SECURy EUROPA comes with 2 or 4 additional locking points – this means 3-point, respectively 5-point locking over the total height of the door. A special feature of the additional massive bolt(s) or hook bolt(s) is their hardened steel insert making them proof against being sawn through (according to SKG-NL).

Variants■ G.U-SECURy EUROPA MR 2 (2 massive bolts)

■ G.U-SECURy EUROPA SH 2 (2 hook bolts)

■ G.U-SECURy EUROPA R 4 (4 roller pins)

G.U-SECURY EUROPA R4 with roller pinsWith the rollers (height 8 mm, Ø 11 mm) being adjustable, optimis ed gasket pressure and door tightness are achieved in the top and bottom areas of the door.

G.U-SECURy EUROPA comes with all current centres, backsets, forends and followers for timber, PVC and aluminium doors.

G.u-SEcuRy EuROPA SH 2(2 hook bolts)

G.u-SEcuRy EuROPA MR 2

(2 massive bolts)

G.u-SEcuRy EuROPA R4(4 roller pins)

DescriptionG.U-SECURY EUROPA MR2

G.U-SECURY EUROPA SH2

G.U-SECURY EUROPA R4

Hook bolts ●

Massive bolts ●

Rollers/mush-room pins

Handle-operated ● ● ●

Backset (mm) 25 – 65 25 – 65 25 – 65

Centres (mm) 70 – 94 70 – 94 70 – 94

1 Massive bolt

2 Latch

3 Deadbolt

4 Follower

5 Cylinder bore (profile or round cylinder)

6 Hook bolt

7 Roller pin

Page 255: Lock & Cylinders

14

Series 13 G.U-ECONOMY Heavy duty lock 0615 Contract lock 0515

Control by means of monitoring contacts is not only possible with the tried and tested lock Series 18, 19, 21, and 23, but also with the mortise lock Series 13 for narrow stile doors and with the heavy duty lock variants 0615.

The contract locks 0515 and the G.U-ECONOMy narrow stile locks finally complete the G.U-BKS lock range.

Door fabricators benefit from the fact that identically designed doors can be fitted either with G.U-SECURy multipoint locks or G.U-ECONOMy mortise locks thanks to:

■ Identical milling dimensions for the lockcase

■ Identical forend widths

■ Identical accessories

DescriptionSeries 13 G.U-ECONOMY Heavy duty lock

0615Contract lock

0515

Application/Features Narrow stile systems

Narrow stile systems

Timber and steel doors

Timber and steel doors

1-leaf ● ● ● ●

Single deadbolt throw of 20 mm ● ●

Double deadbolt throw of 2 x 10 mm ● ●

Monitoring of:

Follower (turn switch contact) ● ● ●

Deadbolt ● ●

Locking cam and deadbolt ●

in combination with E-opener ● ● ● ●

From 25 mm backset ●

From 30 mm backset ●

From 55 mm backset ● ●

Series 131314

G.u-EcOnOMycOntRAct

LOcK 0515

HEAvy Duty LOcK 0615

5. Manually operated mortise locks

Page 256: Lock & Cylinders

15

6. Patch locks for toughened glass doors

nGlass door lock series Prime OFFICE

Compatible among each other functionally and visually, the locks of the PRIME OFFICE range allow for innovative, sophisticated appli-cations on glass doors. With the tried and tested BKS lock tech-nology having been brought onto glass, there are completely new options for the use of toughened glass doors and door assemblies which have not been thought possible before, e.g., heavy duty lock quality, panic functions, self-locking locks, and the radio controlled coupling/decoupling of lever handles.

Application examples■ PRIME OFFICE 0515 Standard glass door lock for warded and bathroom applications.

■ PRIME OFFICE Serie 21 Self-locking panic lock range e.g. suitable for (medical) office entrance doors or for escape doors with appropriate panic function (B = shift function, C = forced locking function, E = latch lever function).

■ PRIME OFFICE Serie 21 Funk EK Range of radio controlled locks allowing for the wireless integration of glass doors into access control / escape door control / or building management systems.

PRIME OFFICE 0515 PRIME OFFICE Series 21

Description PRIME OFFICE 0515 PRIME OFFICE Series 21 PRIME OFFICE Series 21 EK Radio

Application/Features All glass doors All glass doors All glass doors

1-leaf ● ● ●

Deadbolt throw of 2 x 10 mm ●

Cylinder/ bathroom/ warded ●

Approved to EN 179 ● ●

Panic functions:

Shift function B ●

Forced locking function C ● ●

Latch lever function E ●

Monitoring:

Latch (latchbolt) ●

Locking cam ●

Lever handle coupled/decoupled ●

Battery charge level ●

PRIME OFFICE Serie 21 EK Radio

PRIME OFFIcE SERIES 0515

PRIME OFFIcE SERIES 2110

PRIME OFFIcE SERIES 21xx c

EK RADIO

Page 257: Lock & Cylinders

1616

Passage outwards

Passage inwards

Passage outwards

No passage inwards

Passage outwards

No passage inwards

Passage outwards

No passage inwards

Passage outwards

Passage inwards

Passage outwards

No passage inwards

Shift function B

Initial position:n Actuation from inside and outside: passage in both directions;

follower is coupled on both sides, latch is retracted by lever handle.

Locked position:With the locks of Series 21 (self-locking series), both latch and deadboltlock automatically.

n Actuation from outside: idling handle due to uncoupled follower. By turning the key, the follower is coupled so that the door can be opened by handle. Afterwards the follower must be put to idling again by key.

n Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Switching position:n Actuation from outside: idling handle due to uncoupled follower.

By turning the key, the follower is coupled so that the door can be opened by handle. Afterwards the follower must be put to idling again by key.

n Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Initial position:n Actuation from outside: idling handle due to uncoupled follower. The

door can be opened by key only.

n Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Locked position:With the locks of Series 21 (self-locking series), both latch and deadboltlock automatically.

n Actuation from outside: idling handle due to uncoupled follower. By turning the key to the limit in opening direction, the follower is coupled and the door can be opened by handle. Upon removing the key, the outside handle is switched to idling again.

n Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Opening position:n Actuation from outside: idling handle due to uncoupled follower. By

turning the key to the limit in opening direction, the follower is coupled and the door can be opened by handle. Upon removing the key, the outside handle is switched to idling again.

n Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Forced locking function C

Range of applications:The outside handle makes the door suitable for use as connecting door.– Hallway doors in office buildings– Homes for the elderly– Secondary entrance doors– Secondary entrance doors in kindergartens, schools and hotels

Range of applications:The outside handle makes the door suitable for use as connecting door.– Hallway doors in office buildings– Transformer stations– Secondary entrance doors– Secondary entrance doors in kindergartens, schools and hotels

Escape door functions

Outside Inside

Outside Inside

Outside Inside

Outside Inside

Outside Inside

Outside Inside

Page 258: Lock & Cylinders

1717

Passage outwards

No passage inwards

Passage outwards

No passage inwards

Passage outwards

No passage inwards

Passage inwards

Passage outwards

Passage outwards

Passage function D Latch lever function E

Initial position:n Actuation from inside and outside: passage in both directions;

follower is coupled on both sides, latch is retracted by lever handle.

Locked position:n Actuation from outside: The door is opened by key (unlocks the

deadbolt) and handle (retracts the latch). The outside handle is re-engaged by operating the inside handle once.

n Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Outside

Outside Inside Outside Inside

Outside Inside

Range of applications:The outside handle makes the door suitable for use as connecting door.– Hallway doors in office buildings– Interior doors– Secondary entrance doors– Secondary entrance doors in kindergartens, schools and hotels

Range of applications:Due to the fixed knob or push pad on the outside, entry is possible upon key operation only.– Transformer stations and boiler rooms– Lift shafts– Underground carparks– Entrance to stores and business houses – Entrance to tenements and multi-family houses

Initial position:n Actuation from outside: only a fixed knob or push pad are allowed

as operating element. The latch can be released by key only.

n Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Locked position:With the locks of Series 21 (self-locking series), both latch and deadboltlock automatically

n Actuation from outside: the door is opened by key which retracts both latch and deadbolt.

n Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.

Outside Inside

Page 259: Lock & Cylinders

18

Further information

If you want to learn more about our range of door locks and fittings, please ask for the catalogues and brochures listed on the next page

!

Page 260: Lock & Cylinders

19

Copy, fill in and fax.

Please send us the documents ticked:

WP02004-04-2-2 Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe

WP02022-04-2-2 System solutions for escape doors

WP00331-04-2-2 Electric Strike Series No. 6

WP00332-04-2-2 Locks and Fittings for Toughened Glass Assemblies: Lock series PRIME OFFICE

WP02018-04-2-2 Mechatronic Locking System SE

WP01002-04-2-2 Locking cylinder range

WP02001-04-2-1 Order catalogue Locks for narrow stile systems

WP02000-04-2-1 Order catalogue Mortise locks for entrance and internal doors

WP02013-04-2-1 Order catalogue Fittings for narrow stile doors

WP02014-04-2-1 Order catalogue Fittings for timber and steel doors

WP00333-04-2-2 Safety door locks Multipoint locks G.U-SECURy for timber, steel and aluminium doors

WP00050-04-2-1 Order Catalogue Safety door locks Multipoint locks G.U-SECURy for timber, steel and aluminium doors

WP00600-04-2-1 Order Catalogue Overhead door closers, floor springs, rebate door closers, hold-open systems

Company

Contact person

Street

Postal Code/City

Phone

Fax

E-mail

We kindly request to be contacted by a G.U-BKS expert advisor in our country/area to make a counselling appointment.

Page 261: Lock & Cylinders

WP00330-04-2-2 07/2010 Printed in Germany

BKS GmbHHeidestr. 71D-42549 VelbertPhone + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 3D-71254 DitzingenPhone + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93

www.g-u.com

Page 262: Lock & Cylinders

More Security with the BKS Locking Cylinder Programme

Mechanical Locking Systems

The patented profi le series...

Page 263: Lock & Cylinders

The patented profi le series for registered differ applications and master key suites

Advantages

Long patent term until 2025 !

All profile cylinders with anti-bump feature

5-pin and 6-pin variants available

Keys protected against copying

Master key suites and registered differ applications with customised profile

Page 264: Lock & Cylinders

Cylinder Systems

Locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

Series 33 SL Pages 8 – 9

Conventional systems for single differ and keyed alike applications without security card

Conventional systems for master key suites and registered differ applications with security card

Reversible key systems for master key suites and registered differ applications with security card

Service and software

Series 31 Pages 6 – 7

Series 88 Pages 4 – 5

Series 50 Pages 10 – 11

Series 51 SL Pages 12 – 13

Series 45 Pages 14 – 15

KeyManager Page 16

MasterKeySystem (MKS) Page 17

Customer InformationSystem (CIS) Pages 18 – 19

Page 265: Lock & Cylinders

Series 88

4

Drive springsCouplingCamThread hole for fi xing screwHardened steel mushroom drive pin

Brass mushroom drive pinKey shankKey bowKey bitting

Standard design

Details concerning the particular security grades can be found in the “Performance Catalogue – Locking Cylinders”.

With anti-bump feature

BodyPlugBronze tumbler pinsBrass drive pin, cylindricalBrass drive pin, offset cylindrical5

1

2

3

4

6

7

8

10

9 14

13

12

11

Basic programme for single differ and keyed alike applications without security card

BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

5-pin profi le cylinder with paracentric key profi le

Cylinder body made of brass with matt or nickel-plated fi nish

Keys of nickel-plated steel

Forend fi xing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel

Page 266: Lock & Cylinders

Series 88

Overview of cylinder variants

5

M 5 1 21.5A B

Double cylinder 8800 / 8802 / 8812Service cylinder 8890 / 8892 / 8893

Half cylinder 8900Service cylinder 8891

Double cylinder with turn 8804

M 5

A B

0.8 29 Ø 3

0

Double cylinder with knob 8806

1017

R 1533.1

M 510

19A B

Eight-way adjustable cam

R 15

180°

315°45°

270°90°

225°135°

10

M 5A

19

360°

Further types such as, e.g., cam cylinders, rim locks, or pad locks are available in compatible design from series 31.

Features and options:

Emergency function On both cylinder sides from length 31/31, on one side from length 27/31.

The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.

Drill protection Available with certifi ed drill protection BSKA as an option (2 pairs of hardened steel pins).

SKG approval Double cylinders and half cylinders with certifi cation available on request.

The use of pre-mounted service cylinders allows to assemble keyed alike cylinders easily and according to requirements. For further information please contact our expert advisers.

Blank key with standard profi le

Nickel-plated steel, 50 pcs. per packArticle number B 4135 0701

Assembly case for service cylinders

Article number B 9920 0015

Page 267: Lock & Cylinders

6

Series 31

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

BodyPlugBronze tumbler pinsBrass drive pin, offset cylindricalBrass drive pin, cylindricalDrive springsCoupling

CamThread hole for fi xing screw1st hardened steel mushroom drive pinKey shankKey bowKey bittingLinear toothing

2nd hardened steel mushroom drive pin3 hardened steel pins with drill and pick protection (plug)2 hardened steel anti-drill pins (body)Body security pin1st and 2nd hardened steel tumbler pin

Standard design

8

910

1112

13

15

16

1718

Optional security features

Long patent term

With anti-bump feature

Keys protected against copying

19

14

Details concerning the particular security grades can be found in the “Performance Catalogue – Locking Cylinders”.

Comprehensive cylinder range for master key suites and registered differ applications with security card

BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

5-pin or 6-pin profi le cylinders for conventional locking applications

Cylinder body made of brass with matt, polished, burnished,

or nickel-plated fi nish

Keys of high-quality nickel silver

Forend fi xing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel

(brass as an option)

Page 268: Lock & Cylinders

7

Series 31

Double cylinder 3100 / 3102 / 3112 / 3127Service cylinder 3780 / 3782 / 3792

1017

R 1533.1

M 510

19A B

Eight-way adjustable cam

R 15

360°

180°

315°45°

270°90°

225°135°

10

M 5A

19

M 5 1 21.5A B

Ø 9

2056.2

32 A50

.3

Half cylinder 3101 / 3171Service cylinder 3781

Double cylinder with knob 3106 / 3189Service cylinder 3786

Double cylinder with turn 3104 Rim cylinder 1309 Brass padlock 0778

Further types such as, e.g., cam cylinders, rim locks, round cylinders, and special cylinders available on request.

Features and options:

Emergency function On both cylinder sides from length 31/31, on one side from length 27/31.

The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.

Drill protection With optional certifi ed drill protection coming in two variants: – BSKA (2 pairs of hardened steel pins) or – BSKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins and 2 hard metal pins in plug and body, each)

Drill and pick With certifi ed protection of outer cylinder against picking and drilling as an option: protection – BZKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins, 2 hard metal pins in the body, 3 hard metal pins in the plug, and body security pin to secure a broken cylinder behind the backplate of security fi ttings)

VdS approval Double and half cylinders with VdS* certifi cation available on request (test includes resistance to bumping)

SKG approval Double and half cylinders with and certifi cation available on request.

Combinable with cylinder series 33 SL.

Series 31 cylinders with customised profi le are available both fully assembled and pre-assembled.

M 5

A B

0.8 29 Ø 3

0

Standard28-60

4 26.5

Ø 4

3.5

Ø 3

2

74

Excerpt of product range

*VdS = Association of German property insurers

Page 269: Lock & Cylinders

Series 33 SL

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Standard design

8

9

10

12

13

15

16

17

19

Optional security features

BodyPlugBronze tumbler pinsBrass drive pin, offset cylindricalBrass drive pin, cylindricalDrive springsCoupling

CamThread hole for fi xing screw1st hardened steel mushroom drive pin Variable rockersTouch rockerLocking bar

11

14 Key cuttingKey shankKey bowKey bittingLinear toothing

20

Body security pin1st and 2nd hardened steel tumbler pin2nd hardened steel mushroom drive pin3 hardened steel pins with drill and pick protection (plug)2 hardened steel anti-drill pins (body)

21

22

Long patent term

With anti-bump feature

Keys protected against copying

18

23

Details concerning the particular security grades can be found in the “Performance Catalogue – Locking Cylinders”.

Two security systems combined in one locking cylinderfor master key suites and registered differ applications with security card

BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

5-pin or 6-pin profi le cylinders with paracentric key profi le

With additional locking bar and 4 spring-loaded locking elements inside the

cylinder plug

Cylinder body made of brass with matt, polished, burnished, or nickel-plated

fi nish

Keys of high-quality nickel silver

Forend fi xing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel (brass as an option)

Page 270: Lock & Cylinders

Series 33 SL

Excerpt of product range

9

Further types such as, e.g., cam cylinders, rim locks, round cylinders, and special cylinders available on request.

Features and options:

Emergency function On both cylinder sides from length 31/31, on one side from length 27/31.

The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.

Drill protection With optional certifi ed drill protection coming in two variants: – BSKA (2 pairs of hardened steel pins) or – BSKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins and 2 hard metal pins in plug and body, each)

Drill and pick With certifi ed protection of outer cylinder against picking and drilling as an option: protection – BZKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins, 2 hard metal pins in the body, 3 hard metal pins in the plug, and body security pin to secure a broken cylinder behind the backplate of security fi ttings)

VdS approval Double and half cylinders with VdS* certifi cation available on request (test includes resistance to bumping)

SKG approval Double and half cylinders with and certifi cation available on request.

Combinable with cylinder series 31.

Series 33 SL cylinders with customised profi le are available fully assembled only.

Double cylinder 3300 / 3302 / 3312 / 3327 Half cylinder 3301 / 3371 Double cylinder with knob 3306

Double cylinder with turn 3304 Rim cylinder 3319 Brass padlock 3328

1017

R 1533.1

M 510

19A B

Eight-way adjustable cam

R 15

360°

180°

315°45°

270°90°

225°135°

10

M 5A

19

M 5 1 21.5A B

Ø 9

2056.2

32 A50

.3

M 5

A B

0.8 29 Ø 3

0

Standard28-60

4 26.5

Ø 4

3.5

Ø 3

2

74

*VdS = Association of German property insurers

Page 271: Lock & Cylinders

Series 50

Hardened steel mushroom drive pinBrass mushroom drive pin Drive springsCouplingCam

Thread hole for fi xing screwKey shankKey bowKey bitting

6

7

8

9 1413

12

11

Standard design

10

With anti-bump feature

BodyPlugBronze tumbler pinsBrass drive pin, offset cylindricalBrass drive pin, cylindrical

1

2

3

45 10

Details concerning the particular security grades can be found in the “Performance Catalogue – Locking Cylinders”.

High-quality reversible key system featuring 6 locking pins in a rowfor single and keyed alike applications without security card, and also for master key suites and registered differ applications with security card

BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

6-pin profi le cylinders with reversible key profi le

Patented profi le series with diminishing and narrowing cuttings

Paracentric key profi le for single and keyed alike applications

Cylinder body made of brass with matt, polished, burnished,

or nickel-plated fi nish

Keys of high-quality nickel silver

(master key suites and registered differ applications)

Forend fi xing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel

(brass as an option)

Page 272: Lock & Cylinders

Series 50

Excerpt of product range

11

Double cylinder 5000 / 5012Service cylinder 5090 / 5093

Half cylinder 5001 / 5071Service cylinder 5091

Rim cylinder 5009 Brass padlock 5028

Double cylinder with knob 5006Service cylinder 5096

Standard28-60

4 25

Ø 4

3.5

Ø 3

2

74.8

Ø 9

2056.2

32 A50

.3

1017

R 1533.1

M 510

19A B

Eight-way adjustable cam

R 15

360°

180°

315°45°

270°90°

225°135°

10

M 5A

19

Cam cylinder 5066

M28

x 1

38

28.5

32

5

Further variants available such as, e.g., rim locks and special cylinders.

Features and options:

Emergency function On both cylinder sides from length 31/31.

The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.

Drill protection With optional certifi ed drill protection coming in two variants: – BSKA (2 pairs of hardened steel pins) or – BSKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins and 2 hard metal pins in plug and body, each)

Drill and pick With certifi ed protection of outer cylinder against picking and drilling as an option: protection – BZKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins, 2 hard metal pins in the body, 3 hard metal pins in the plug, and body security pin to secure a broken cylinder behind the backplate of security fi ttings)

SKG approval Double cylinders and half cylinders with certifi cation available on request.

Combinable with cylinder series 51 SL.

Series 50 cylinders with customised profi le are available both fully assembled and pre-assembled.

M 5

A B

0.8 29 Ø 3

0

Page 273: Lock & Cylinders

Series 51 SL

Hardened steel mushroom drive pinBrass mushroom drive pinDrive springsCouplingCam

Thread hole for fi xing screwBlocking pinLocking barSlider

Standard design

Key shankKey bowKey bittingHollow for blocking pinChannel for slider

12

With anti-bump feature

BodyPlugBronze tumbler pinsBrass drive pin, cylindricalBrass drive pin, offset cylindrical

1

2

3

4

5

11

19

18

16

15

14

17

12

13

6

10

8

9

7

Sophisticated reversible key system featuring 2 security systems operating independently from each otherfor master key suites and registered differ applications

BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

6-pin profi le cylinders in reversible key design

With additional spring-loaded slider, locking pin, and locking bar inside the

cylinder plug

Cylinder body made of brass with matt, polished, burnished, or nickel-plated

fi nish

Keys of high-quality nickel silver

Forend fi xing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel (brass as an option)

Page 274: Lock & Cylinders

4 25

Ø 43

.5Ø

32

74.8

Standard28-60

Ø 9

2056.2

32 A50

.3 M28

x 1

38

28.5

32

5

1017

R 15

360°

180°

315°45°

270°90°

225°135°

10

M 5A

19

Eight-way adjustable cam

R 1533.1

M 510

19A B

Series 51 SL

Excerpt of product range

Features and options:

Emergency function On both cylinder sides from length 31/31.

The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.

Drill protection With optional certifi ed drill protection coming in two variants: – BSKA (2 pairs of hardened steel pins) or – BSKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins and 2 hard metal pins in plug and body, each)

Drill and pick With certifi ed protection of outer cylinder against picking and drilling as an option: protection – BZKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins, 2 hard metal pins in the body, 3 hard metal pins in the plug, and body security pin to secure a broken cylinder behind the backplate of security fi ttings)

SKG approval Double cylinders and half cylinders with certifi cation available on request.

Combinable with cylinder series 50.

Series 51 SL cylinders with customised profi le are available both fully assembled and pre-assembled.

Double cylinder 5150 / 5152Service cylinder 5190 / 5193

Half cylinder 5151Service cylinder 5191

Double cylinder with knob 5156Service cylinder 5196

Rim cylinder 5159 Brass padlock 5158 Cam cylinder 5166

13

M 5

A B

0.8 29 Ø 3

0

Further variants available such as, e.g., rim locks and special cylinders.

Page 275: Lock & Cylinders

1

2

3

4

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

1314

15

16

17

18

Tumbler rows 1, 2, 3 and 4Bronze tumbler pinsBrass drive pins with springsProfi le systemExtension pieceSteel tie

Outer housingBody tubePlugPlug collarPlug protection discBody security pin

Hardened steel security pinsSpiral locking pinAnti-drill pin (optional)Key shankKey bowKey bitting

14

Series 45

Details concerning the particular security grades can be found in the “Performance Catalogue – Locking Cylinders”.

BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252

Profi le cylinder in reversible key design with 4 tumbler rows

“Sandwich design” for variable cylinder lengths

Cylinder body made of brass with matt, polished, burnished, or nickel-plated

fi nish

With cylinder body cover of chromium-nickel steel (as an option)

Keys of high-quality nickel silver

Forend fi xing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel (brass as an option)

Top quality mechanics, outstanding functionality, and modern designfor master key suites and registered differ applications with security card

Page 276: Lock & Cylinders

Features and options:

Emergency function On both cylinder sides from length 31/31, on one side from length 27/31.

The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.

Drill and pick With certifi ed protection of outer cylinder against picking and drilling as an option: protection – BZWB (outside with plug disc of hardened steel and body reinforcement) or – BZWC (outside with plug disc of hardened steel, body reinforcement, and body locking pin)

VdS approval Double and half cylinders with VdS* certifi cation available on request (test includes resistance to bumping)

SKG approval Double cylinders and half cylinders with certifi cation available on request.

Series 45

Excerpt of product range

Double cylinder 4500 / 4502 / 4512

Double cylinder with knob 4506 / 4589 Rim cylinder 4509 Brass padlock 4528

Standard28-60

4 25

Ø 4

3.5

Ø 3

2

74.8

15

Ø 9

2056.2

32 A50

.3

Half cylinder 4501 / 4571 Double cylinder with turn 4504

Eight-way adjustable cam

R 15

360°

180°

315°45°

270°90°

135°

A

M 5

10

19

225°

4.5

14

13.8

10

A

M 5

19

21.5B

M 5

A B29

Ø 3

0

10

10

17

R 1533.1

M 5

1019

A B13.8

0.8

14

Further types such as, e.g., Swiss round cylinders, key switch cylinders, and cam cylinders, available on request.

*VdS = Association of German property insurers

Page 277: Lock & Cylinders

16

KeyManager

Professional software for administering, recording and programming mechanic and mechatronic master key suites

BKS KeyManager

With the BKS KeyManager, a unique software has entered the market. Complex master key suites comprising

mechanic mechatronic electronic

products are conveniently admi-nistered and recorded, and me-chatronic or electronic cylinders, and reading units programmed.

No time-consuming entering of cylinder or transponder serial numbers. These are all memorised automatically via the BKS asset fi le.

The BKS KeyManager software is completely networkable and available in the languages:

German English French Croatian Dutch Polish Romanian Spanish

Further languages under preparation.

Advantages: Simple usage via Windows Interface

Protection against unauthorised access due to supervisor function with password coding

Individually applicable – also for several master key suites at a time

Easy administration and printing of complete key combination records

Administration of distributed keys by person with dates of delivery and return

Printing of forms for key reception and return

Printing of forms for cylinder installation and removal

Display and printing of access authorisations of superordinate keys with all related single differs

One user interface for the display and print of mechanic and electronic access authorisations

Complete transponder administration with integral voucher print

Fast and easy programming of SE components via a key combination record matrix

Ordering of keys and cylinders including management of keys and cylinders delivered

Individual user administration

Suite-spanning user management

Convenient suite-spanning search function

Calendar function for temporary distribution

Key combination record completely editable

Integration of user layouts for receipt masters

Dispatch of receipts by e-mail

View of door list with query result: “which doors may be locked by the queried person”

1

View of locking scheme2

256 MB RAM Monitor with 1024 x 768 pixel resolution

Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher

System requirements: Windows™2000 (SP4), XP (SP2), 2003 (SP1), Vista

350 MB free hard disc memory

1

2

Page 278: Lock & Cylinders

17

MKS – MasterKeySystem

Internet-based planning and ordering platform

Advantages: Sending orders without modem connection

Permanent update of article data

Permanent connection to our internal systems

Maximum supply of data concerning existing master key suites

Integrated plausibility check to prevent errors

No additional software required

Password login with supervisor function

System requirements: Internet access

Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher

Magnetic card reader

Internet address:

www.g-u.com

Single items2

General order data1

Subsequent delivery of keys

4

Function plan3

MKS – MasterKeySystem

MKS – MasterKeySystem is an internet-based planning and ordering platform for master key suites. The software was develo-ped to simplify order processing and to provide maximum service. Delivery periods and the number of further enquiries concerning orders are reduced.

The permanent development of this product guarantees order processing on a high technical level.

The following order processing functions are currently possible:

Creation of new master key systems (all profile cylinder systems)

Creation of system extensions (all profile cylinder systems)

Creation of subsequent key deliveries

Quotation module for new sys- tems and system extensions

Free services: – online collection of key combination records – master key suite data for BKS KeyManager 3.0 or any later version – key identification – key record – key labels

2

1

4

3

Page 279: Lock & Cylinders

CIS – Customer Information System

Internet-based customer information and ordering system

CIS – Customer Information System

CIS is an internet-based custo-mer information and ordering system for all divisions of the Gretsch-Unitas group. Comprising all articles with established article number, e.g. storage articles, CIS helps to shorten delivery periods and to avoid further enquiries concerning orders.

The permanent development of this product guarantees order processing at a high technical standard.

The system offers the following functions:

Access to all one’s own orders placed with any of the G.U Group companies.

Tracking of all one’s own orders (delivery information, etc.)

Creation of orders concer-ning the divisions windows, doors, entrance systems and builder’s hardware accessories

Real time availability check of all articles

Collecting invoices to all orders in PDF format

Quotations:

– for all articles with established article number

– creation of quotation at prevailing conditions

– quotations convertible into orders

Product catalogue – Article search2

Transactions – Order tracking1

2

1

18

Page 280: Lock & Cylinders

CIS – Customer Information System

Internet-based customer information and ordering system

System requirements:

Internet access

Internet browser (from Internet Explorer 6.0.29 or Firefox 2; optimised for Internet Explorer 7.0)

Advantages: Login with password

No additional software required

Simple use via internet browser

Permanent update of article data

Articles with illustration

Articles with technical specification

Supply of stock information

Convenient order dispatch with import functions (e.g., *.csv file)

Up-to-date integration of CIS into internal G.U systems

Shopping basket – Ordering process

Article details – Availability check3

4

4

3

Service e-Mail:

[email protected]

Registration on G.U hompepage possible

19

Page 281: Lock & Cylinders

WP01002-04-2-2 09/2010 Printed in Germany

BKS GmbHHeidestr. 71D-42549 VelbertPhone + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 3D-71254 DitzingenPhone + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93

www.g-u.com

Page 282: Lock & Cylinders

Multipoint door locks G.U-SECURYfor timber, PVC and aluminium doors

Safety Door Locks

Page 283: Lock & Cylinders
Page 284: Lock & Cylinders

3

Contents

Introduction

General information about G.U-SECURY

Overview of the G.U-SECURY range Page 4

The Locks

Automatically locking safety door locks

G.U-SECURY Automatic Page 5 - 6G.U-SECURY Automatic4 Page 7G.U-SECURY Automatic Panic Function E Page 8G.U-SECURY Automatic Round Bolt AB 2 Page 9

Key-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY MR (massive deadbolts) Page 10 - 11 G.U-SECURY SH (hook bolts) Page 12 - 13G.U-SECURY DR (double bolts) Page 14 - 15G.U-SECURY R (rollers) Page 16 - 17

Handle-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY-EUROPA Page 18 - 19

Mortise locks

G.U-ECONOMY Page 20

G.U-SECURY multipoint door locks

Overview of G.U-SECURY lock types for timber, PVC and aluminium doors Page 21

The Accessories

for single and double leaf doors of timber, PVC or aluminium

Angled latch plates, locking plates, locking rods, shoot bolts, rebate espagnolette locks Page 22Rebate shoot bolt for double leaf doors Page 23Accessories for SECURY Automatic with A-opener Page 24 - 25G.U-SECURY with safe-T-catch Page 26

Page 285: Lock & Cylinders

4

General information about G.U-SECURY

Overview of the G.U-SECURY range

Proven on house and flat entrance doorsG.U offers an extended programmeof multipoint door locks for house,flat and secondary entrance doors of timber, PVC and aluminium. G.U-SECURY door locks are highly approved by the great practical benefit they provide to our cus-tomers.

The programme SECURY Automatic SECURY MR (massive deadbolts) SECURY SH (hook bolts) SECURY DR (double bolts) SECURY R (rollers)

For the complete range including accessories see our order cata-logue.

ferGUard*silverAll SECURY hardware compo-nents come with the proven surface sealing ferGUard*silver.

This high quality finish has superb anti-corrosive charac-teristics providing long-lasting surface quality. Moreover, ferGUard*silver meets future EU standards of environment protection already today !

BKS security locking cylinder ®

Integrated safe-T-catch(page 26)

G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-opener controlled, e.g., by G.U-BKS ACCESS (page 24 )

Automatic multipoint locking:G.U-SECURY Automatic –The lock with the click (page 6)

Tests / Certifi cates

DIN 18251-3 class 3 and 4

DIN 18250

VdS class A

EN 179 and EN 1125

WK 2 to WK 4 according to EN 1627 to EN 1630

Page 286: Lock & Cylinders

5

Automatically locking safety door locks

G.U-SECURY Automatic

Automatic latchboltAdditional locking component at the top providing optimum security. Automatic latchbolt projection from 10 mm to 20 mm thanks to the integrated trigger lever. The non-handed latchbolt is secured against being forced back.

LatchRh/lh reversible.Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

DeadboltSingle throw of 20 mm.

Automatic latchboltAdditional locking component at the bottom providing optimum security. Automatic latchbolt projection from 10 mm to 20 mm thanks to the integrated trigger lever. The non-handed latchbolt is secured against being forced back.

ForendferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.

FollowerHolds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

Cylinder boreFor profi le cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.

Lock case Fully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components.With fi xing holes for backplate or rosette.

Centres

Backset

G.U-SECURY Automatic

Entrance doors equipped withG.U-SECURY Automatic are

tested for WK 2and WK 3

Page 287: Lock & Cylinders

6

Automatically locking safety door locks

G.U-SECURY Automatic

The door that locks itself !G.U-SECURY Automatic provides security – automatically and immediately. By simply closing the door, without locking it, the door is multipoint locked with the latchbolts throwing 20 mm.

The two latchbolts are secured against being forced back.

A decisive progress in today‘s securing technology for entrance doors.

The advantages Increased burglary protection. With the door always being

locked, the rebate clearance is equal at all points.

Thanks to the reversible latches and latchbolts, the door locks are non-handed.

Extensive range of G.U-SECURY accessories.

Latchbolts secured against being forced back.

Also available for barrier-free living to DIN 18025.

UnlockingA door pulled shut is released by key from outside, and by handle from inside.

VdS testedto class A

A-openerNominal voltage : 12 VCurrent consumption : 1 Aallows for motor-driven door opening.

Safe-T-catchBuilt-in catching device, easily operated by turn knob and freely switchable from outside via the profi le cylinder.

Variants Automatic Automatic with A-opener Automatic with safe-T-catch Automatic with panic function

/ fire protection

G.U-SECURY Automatic comes with all current centres, backsets, forends and followers for timber, PVC and aluminium doors.

G.U-SECURY Automatic with safe-T-catch

G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-opener

VdS

Entrance doors equipped withG.U-SECURY Automatic are

tested for WK 2and WK 3

Page 288: Lock & Cylinders

7

The door that locks itself !G.U-SECURY Automatic4 pro-vides security – automatically and immediately. By simply closing the door, without locking it, the door is multipoint locked with the latchbolts throwing 20 mm.

The four latchbolts are secured against being forced back.

A decisive progress in today‘s securing technology for entrance doors.

The advantages Increased burglary protection. With the door always being

locked, the rebate clearance is equal at all points.

Thanks to the reversible latches and latchbolts, the door locks are non-handed.

Extensive range of G.U-SECURY accessories.

Latchbolts secured against being forced back.

Also available for barrier-free living to DIN 18025.

UnlockingA door pulled shut is released by key from outside, and by handle from inside.

VdS testedto class A

Variants Automatic4 Automatic4 with A-opener Automatic4 with safe-T-catch Automatic4 with panic function

/ fire protection

G.U-SECURY Automatic4 comes with all current centres, backsets, forends and followers for timber, PVC and aluminium doors.

Automatically locking safety door locks

G.U-SECURY Automatic4

Deadbolt

Cylinder bore

Follower

Lockcase

Automaticlatchbolt

Latch

Automatic latchbolt

Forend

G.U-SECURY Automatic4

VdS

Entrance doors equipped withG.U-SECURY Automatic4 are

testedfor WK 3

Page 289: Lock & Cylinders

8

Automatically locking safety door locks

No access for unauthorised persons from outside, whereas unlocking from inside is possible at any time. After closing, the door is auto-matically multipoint locked but can always be opened from in-side via turn handle (DIN EN 179) or via push-bar (DIN EN 1125).From outside, a door pulled shut is released by key.

G.U-SECURY Automatic Panic Function E

G.U-SECURY Automatic Panic Funktion E

Cylinder bore

Follower

Lock case

Automaticdeadbolt

Latch

Automaticlatchbolt

Forend

The advantages Provided with a latch, 2

latchbolts and panic function “E” (escape function), a G.U-SECURY Automatic door lock provides maximum burglary protection, whilst ensuring escape route safety in case of an emergency, plus the benefit of easy and convenient door operation.

Safe functioningwithout free-wheel cylinder :To achieve many years of re-liable functioning, G.U-SECURY Automatic does not require a special cylinder with free-wheel function. Any standard profile cylinder can be used.

G.U-SECURY Automatic with panic function is ideally sui-table for secondary entrance doors, e.g., in cinemas, hotels, hospitals, schools, and public buildings.

Panic function E: (E = latch lever function or escape function) ensures that the door can be opened from inside at any time. G.U-SECURY door locks provided with this function are licensed for the use with door furniture to DIN EN 179 (turn handles) and DIN EN 1125 (push-bars). Please ask for the brochure “Escape Door Systems for Europe”.

Variant panic function plus

fire protection

Page 290: Lock & Cylinders

9

Secured flat entrance doors – now also for steel framesG.U-SECURY Automatic Round Bolt AB 2 provides security – automatically and immediately. By simply closing the door, without locking it, the door is multipoint locked with the round bolts throwing 20 mm.

Both round bolts are secured against being forced back.

A decisive progress in today‘s securing technology for flat entrance door.

UnlockingA door pulled shut is released by key from outside, and by handle from inside.

The advantagesAfter closing, the door is

automatically locked2 Automatic round bolts thro-

wing 20 mm fi rmly secure the fl at entrance door.

The locking points of the Automatic round bolts are aligned with the points where the steel frame is fi xed to the structure.

Steel frame doors can be easily fi tted or even retrofi tted to provide burglary inhibition without high expenditure.

Automatically locking safety door locks

G.U-SECURY Automatic Round Bolt AB 2

G.U-SECURY Automatic Round Bolt AB 2

Deadbolt

Cylinder bore

Follower

Lock case

Automatic round bolt

Latch

Automatic round bolt

Forend

Suited forWK 2 and WK 3

(depending on the door element)

Page 291: Lock & Cylinders

10

Key-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY MR (massive deadbolts)

Massive deadboltWith hardened steel insert; provides optimum security as additional locking component at the top.

LatchRh/lh reversible.Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

DeadboltDouble throw of 20 mm(10 mm at each throw)

Massive deadboltWith hardened steel insert; provides optimum security as additional locking component at the bottom.

ForendferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.

FollowerHolds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

Cylinder boreFor profi le cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.

Lock caseFully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components.With fi xing holes for backplate or rosette.

Centres

Backset

G.U-SECURY MR 2

Entrance doors equipped withG.U-SECURY MR 2 are

tested for WK 2and WK 3

Page 292: Lock & Cylinders

11

Key-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY MR (massive deadbolts)

The advantages G.U-SECURY MR comes with

2 or 4 massive deadbolts – this means 3-point, respec-tively 5-point locking over the total height of the door.

Special feature of the mas-sive deadbolt: hardened steel insert making it proof against being sawn through (to SKG).

With the G.U-SECURY MR massive deadbolts having the same geometry as the G.U-SECURY Automatic latchbolts, the accessories used on the door frame are identical for both lock types.

Also available for barrier-free living to DIN 18025.

Variants MR 2 (2 massive deadbolts) MR 4 (4 massive deadbolts) MR 2 with safe-T-catch MR/R (2 massive deadboalts

and 2 rollers) MR/R with safe-T-catch

G.U-SECURY MR 4 G.U-SECURY MR/R

Cylinderbore

Follower

Roller

Latch

Forend

Deadbolt

Lock case

Roller

Cylinderbore

Follower

Massive deadbolt

Latch

Forend

Deadbolt

Massive deadbolt

Lock case

G.U-SECURY MR/R with rollersOptimised gasket pressure and door tightness at top and bottom thanks to adjustable rollers (height 8 mm, Ø 11 mm).

In combination with other locking components, e.g., latch-bolts, G.U-SECURY MR/R door locks provide “steely“ security.

G.U-SECURY MR is available with all current centres, back-sets, forend and follower types for timber, PVC and aluminium doors.

Massive deadbolt

Massive deadbolt

Massive deadbolt

Massive deadbolt

Entrance doors equipped withG.U-SECURY MR 4 are

tested for WK 3(PTE Rosenheim GmbH)

Page 293: Lock & Cylinders

12

Key-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY SH (hook bolts)

Hook boltAdditional locking component at the top providing optimum security.

LatchRh/lh reversible.Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

DeadboltDouble throw of 20 mm(10 mm at each throw)

Hook boltAdditional locking component at the bottom providing optimum security.

ForendferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.

FollowerHolds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

Cylinder boreFor profi le cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.

Lock caseFully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components.With fi xing holes for backplate or rosette.

Centres

Backset

G.U-SECURY SH 2

Suited forWK 2 and WK 3

(depending on the door element)

Page 294: Lock & Cylinders

13

G.U-SECURY SHSolid steel claws resist the violent separation of the door leaf from its frame, thus hindering break-in attempts successfully.

The advantages Unequalled rigidity. The 24 mm hook bolt throw

exceeds the DIN requirement by far ! An optimum technical solution is provided by the hooks locking into the locking plates from underneath. A non-return device prevents the hook from being forced back.

Established G.U-SECURY accessory range

Key-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY SH (hook bolts)

Variants SH 2 (2 hook bolts) SH 4 (4 hook bolts) SH 2 with safe-T-catch SH/R (2 hook bolts, 2 rollers)

G.U-SECURY SH 4 G.U-SECURY SH/R

Cylinderbore

Follower

Roller

Latch

Forend

Deadbolt

Hook bolt

Hook bolt

Schlosskasten

Roller

Cylinder bore

Follower

Hook bolt

Latch

Forend

Deadbolt

Hook bolt

Hook bolt

Lock case

Hook bolt

G.U-SECURY SH/ROptimised gasket pressure and door tightness at top and bottom thanks to adjustable rollers (height 8 mm, Ø 11 mm).

In combination with other locking components, e.g., hook bolts, G.U-SECURY SH/R door locks offer the highest possible degree of security.

Page 295: Lock & Cylinders

14

Key-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY DR (double bolts)

Hook bolt + latchbolt Additional locking components at the top providing optimum security. One hook bolt and one latchbolt (with hardened steel insert) throw simultaneously.

LatchRh/lh reversible.Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

DeadboltDouble throw of 20 mm(10 mm at each throw)

Hook bolt + latchboltAdditional locking components at the bottom providing optimum security. One hook bolt and one latchbolt (with hardened steel insert) throw simultaneously.

ForendferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.

FollowerHolds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

Cylinder boreFor profi le cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.

Lock caseFully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components.With fi xing holes for backplate or rosette.

Centres

Backset

G.U-SECURY DR

Suited forWK 2 and WK 3

(depending on the door element)

Page 296: Lock & Cylinders

15

G.U-SECURY DR is another pro-duct of the G.U range of burglary resistant multipoint door locks for timber, PVC and aluminium house or secondary entrance doors.G.U-SECURY DR is distinguished by two double bolts (hook bolt + massive deadbolt) positioned at top and bottom each.

The advantages Perfect multipoint locking in

double execution – G.U-SECURY DR was deve-loped from the proven safety door locks G.U-SECURY SH and G.U-SECURY MR.Hook bolts and massive deadbolts throw simulta-neously upon manual actuation by key.

G.U-SECURY DR was de-signed with special regard to quality and safety. Both massive deadbolts and hook bolts feature a hardened steel insert making them proof against being sawn through, thus providing outstanding burglary resistance (to SKG).

Increased locking tightness is achieved by– double bolting at top and bottom– the hook bolts engaging firmly behind the steel plate in the keeper from below.

Tight closing due to optimum force applied to the seals, improved heat insulation and powerful protection against attempts to separate door leaf and frame by force.

Same milling pattern as with G.U-SECURY Automatic4.

Same frame side accessories(top and bottom keepers) as for G.U-SECURY Automatic4.

Key-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY DR (double bolts)

Page 297: Lock & Cylinders

16

Key-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY R (rollers)

G.U-SECURY R 4

RollerAdditional locking component providing enhanced heat and noise protection.

LatchRh/lh reversible.Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

DeadboltDouble throw of 20 mm(10 mm at each throw)

ForendferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.

FollowerHolds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

Cylinder boreFor profi le cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.

Lock caseFully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components.With fi xing holes for backplate or rosette.

Centres

Backset

RollerAdditional locking component providing enhanced heat and noise protection.

RollerAdditional locking component providing enhanced heat and noise protection.

RollerAdditional locking component providing enhanced heat and noise protection.

Page 298: Lock & Cylinders

17

G.U-SECURY RG.U-SECURY R 4 with rollers is the pioneer within the SECURY range. The adjustable rollers (height 8 mm, Ø 11 mm) optimise the gasket pressure in the upper and lower zone of the door thus providing high thermal insulation and sound insulation.

G.U-SECURY P/RApart from excellent thermal insulation and sound insulation, SECURY P/R with 2 mushroom pins and 2 rollers provides addi-tional burglary inhibition.

Key-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY R (rollers)

G.U-SECURY P/R

Cylinder bore

Follower

Mushroom pin

Latch

Forend

Deadbolt

Roller

Roller

Lock case

Mushroom pin

Page 299: Lock & Cylinders

18

1 2

2

1

Handle-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY-EUROPA

Massive deadboltWith hardened steel insert; provides optimum security as additional locking component at the top.

LatchRh/lh reversible.Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

DeadboltSingle throw of 20 mm.

Massive deadboltWith hardened steel insert; provides optimum security as additional locking component at the bottom.

ForendferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.

FollowerHolds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fi re protection doors as an option.

Cylinder boreFor profi le cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.

Lock caseFully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components.With fi xing holes for backplate or rosette.

Centres

Backset

G.U-SECURY EUROPA

Handle operation

Opening1. Unlock by turning the

key clockwise2. Depress the handle to

withdraw the locking points

Locking1. Lift the handle upwards to

engage the locking points.2. Lock the system by turning

the key anti-clockwise

Page 300: Lock & Cylinders

19

Handle-operated safety door locks

G.U-SECURY-EUROPA

The advantages G.U-SECURY-EUROPA is

available with 2 or 4 addi-tional locking points – this means 3-point, respectively 5-point locking over the total height of the door.

Both massive deadbolt and hook bolt feature a hardened steel insert making them proof against being sawn through (to SKG).

G.U-SECURY-EUROPA locks come with all current centres, backsets, forends and followers for timber, PVC and aluminium doors.

Variants EUROPA MR 2 (2 latchbolts) EUROPA SH 2 (2 hook bolts) EUROPA R 4 (4 rollers)

G.U-SECURY-EUROPA R 4

Cylinderbore

Follower

Roller

Latch

Forend

Deadbolt

Roller

Roller

Lock case

Roller

G.U-SECURY-EUROPA R4 with rollersOptimised gasket pressure and door tightness at top and bottom thanks to adjustable rollers (height 8 mm, Ø 11 mm).

G.U-SECURY-EUROPA SH 2

Deadbolt

Cylinder bore

Follower

Lock case

Hook bolt

Latch

Hook bolt

Forend

Page 301: Lock & Cylinders

20

Mortise lock

G.U-ECONOMY

Mortise lock ideally suited to supplement G.U-SECURY safety door locksDoors with identical design and dimensions may be furnished either with G.U-SECURY multi-point locks or G.U-ECONOMY mortise locks : Identical lock case millings Identical forend profiles Identical accessory range

Features Steel deadbolt with 20 mm single throw With latch lever function 8 mm follower, centres

92 mm, backsets 30 - 45 mm

Flat or U-shaped steel forend depending on the door leaf design.Short forend 290 mmwith square ends.

Lock galvanised in a silvery finish, latch and deadbolt nickel-plated, forend with surface sealing ferGUard*silver.Other forend colours available on request.

G.U-ECONOMY

Page 302: Lock & Cylinders

21

G.U-SECURY multipoint door locks

Overview of G.U-SECURY types for timber, PVC and aluminium doors

* For the complete G.U-SECURY range including all available backsets see our order catalogue.

Main and side entrance doors Backset* Centres Follower Forend

Automatic 33 – 80 85, 88, 92 10+8+8,5+9 FH fl at U-shapedAutomatic4 35 – 80 85, 88, 92 10+8+8,5+9 FH fl at U-shapedAutomatic with A-opener 35 – 80 85, 88, 92 10+8+8,5+9 FH fl at U-shapedAutomatic with A-opener and safe-T-catch 35 – 65 85, 88, 92 10+8+8,5+9 FH fl at U-shapedAutomatic with A-opener and panic function 35 – 80 92 9 FH fl at U-shapedAutomatic with safe-T-catch 35 – 80 85, 88, 92 10+8 fl at U-shapedAutomatic with panic function 35 – 65 92 9 FH fl at U-shapedAutomatic4 with panic function 35 – 65 92 9 FH fl at U-shaped

Massive deadbolts MR 2, MR 4 25 – 90 85, 88, 92 10+8+8,5+9 FH fl at U-shapedMassive deadbolts with safe-T-catch MR 2 35 – 65 85, 88, 92 10+8+8,5+9 FH fl at U-shapedMassive deadbolts and rollers MR/R 55 – 80 85, 88, 92 10+8 fl atMassive deadbolts, rollers, safe-T-catch MR/R 65 92 10+8 fl at

Double bolts DR 35 – 80 92 10+8 fl at U-shaped

Hook bolts SH 2, SH 4 25 – 90 92 10+8 fl at U-shapedHook bolts with safe-T-catch SH 2 25 – 90 92 10+8 fl at U-shaped

Rollers R 4 25 – 90 92 10+8 fl at U-shapedMushroom pins + rollers P/R 25 – 45 92 8 fl atFlat entrance doorsAutomatic DIN frames 55 – 65 72, 78 8+9 FH fl atAutomatic with A-opener DIN frames 55 – 65 72, 78 8+9 FH fl atAutomatic with A-opener and panic function DIN frames 55 – 65 72 9 FH fl atAutomatic with safe-T-catch DIN frames 55 – 65 72, 78 8+9 FH fl atAutomatic with panic function DIN frames 55 + 65 72 9 FH fl at

Massive deadbolts MR 2, MR 4 DIN frames 55 – 65 72 8 fl atMassive deadbolts with safe-T-catch MR 2 DIN frames 55 – 65 72 8 fl atFire protection doorsAutomatic FH DIN frames 65 72 9 FH fl atMassive deadbolts FH DIN frames 55 – 80 72 9 FH fl atDoors with steel frames to DINRound bolts SB 2 55 – 65 72 8 fl atAutomatic round bolts AB 2 55 – 65 72 8 fl atKey operatedEUROPA MR 2 35 – 55 92 8 fl atEUROPA SH 2 35 – 55 92 8 fl atEUROPA R 4 35 – 55 92 8 fl atMortise lockECONOMY 30 – 45 92 8 fl at U-shaped

Page 303: Lock & Cylinders

22

Angular latch plates, locking plates, and locking rodsfor single and double leaf doors

G.U-SECURY accessories for timber, PVC and aluminium doors : Latch plates and angular

latch plates; adjustable locking plates and locking cases.

Range of locking rods for G.U-SECURY Automatic, MR, DR and SH.

Double leaf doors Top and bottom shoots Locking plates and cases Rebate shoot bolt Rebate espagnolette lock

The complete range of acces-sories for double leaf entrance doors of timber, PVC and alumi-nium is contained in our order catalogue.

G.U-SECURY Accessories

Page 304: Lock & Cylinders

23

G.U-SECURY Accessories

Rebate shoot bolt for double leaf doors

Convenient locking and unlocking of the inactive door leafThe advantages : Simultaneous throw of top and bottom shoot.

Burglary inhibition : – Locking of active leaf only possible with the rebate lever in closed position. – With the additional locking bolts thrown, it is impos- sible to lift the rebate lever by manipulation.

User friendly operation without the slightest effort.

Variable shoot bolt throw for various structural conditions, profiles and material types.

Simple assembly Bolts :

– Automatic– MR 2

No danger of injury or wall damage thanks to the rebate lever swivelling 180°.

open closed

Technical specification

Shoot bolt throw 15 – 25 mm

Sash rebate height 1880 – 3115 mm

G.U-SECURY rebate shoot bolt

Page 305: Lock & Cylinders

24

Card reader

Controller and exit reader in one unit

Keyless entry with G.U-BKS ACCESSCompact – Convenient – Cost-efficientThe access control unit allows for the remote opening of doors (fitted, e.g., with a motor-driven lock) by means of transponder clip or card.

Remote door release Ideally suited for combina-

tion with motor-driven locks (e.g., G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-opener) or electrically couplable locks

Advantages : Easy and safe entry without

mechanic key Simple programming without

PC Low-cost solution for single

doors

Interior operation : Controller with integral reader

and numeric key pad Programming with keypad or

cardExterior operation : Weatherproof reader

available in various designs

Electronc “key“ : Card or clipOne system consists of : Controller Mains adapter Transponder (card or clip) Exterior reader (optional)

Radio remote control systemComponents : G.U radio transmitter with

G.U specific coding for G.U radio receiver.

G.U radio receiver for instal-lation in electric meter on top hat rail or in flush mounted installation sockets. G.U radio receiver

G.U hand-held radio transmitter

Safety transformer Primary voltage :

230 V – 50 Hz Secondary voltage :

12 V AC – 2.0 A

UPS (uninterruptiblepower supply) Supply voltage :

12...24 V AC +/- 10%14...24 V DC +/- 10%

For ambient temperatures from 0 to 40°C (Ø max. 30°C)

G.U-SECURY Accessories

G.U-BKS ACCESS, hand-held radio transmitter, safety transformer, anduninterruptible power supply for SECURY Automatic with A-opener

Page 306: Lock & Cylinders

25

G.U-SECURY Accessories

Concealed cable ducts, additional locking devices with query function for SECURY Automatic with A-opener

Concealed cable ducts The cable ducts are con-

cealed in the rebate and screwfixed to the door leaf. They are made from rugged, chrome plated steel.

Door leaf Frame

Additional locking devices with query function If G.U-SECURY safety door

locks are used within facility management systems, the additional locking devices allow for status interrogation and report to an evaluation unit.

Additional locking device Automatic

Additional locking device MR

Additional locking device SH

Page 307: Lock & Cylinders

26

G.U-SECURY Accessories

Safe-T-catch for G.U-SECURY Automatic – MR – SH

The safe-T-catch is easily operated by turn knob.

The advantages High-security, integral access

restrictor. The modern, high security

alternative to the door chain or the face fixed lock !

The safe-T-catch is engaged and released with the turn knob inside.

The safe-T-catch locked from inside can be released by key from outside.

Release by mistake is impossible thanks to a safety function.

Non-handed. Suitable for all current timber

sections. Profile specific types for PVC

and aluminium doors. G.U-SECURY locks with

safe-T-catch are particularly suitable for the entrance doors of flats and one-family houses.

G.U-SECURY types available with safe-T-catch SECURY Automatic SECURY MR (deadbolts) SECURY SH (hook bolts)

Page 308: Lock & Cylinders

27

Security all around the door

with G.U-BKS securing technology for you !

BKS security door furniture Multiple screw fixing protects against opening by force. Outside backplate with solid steel base, cylinder cover with protective plate.

Sophisticated technology and beautiful designBKS system ® with security cylinder and user-friendly rever-sible key.

Overhead door closers OTSDoor closers on entrance doors always ensure the fully con-trolled closing of the door from any opening angle. Available in various colours.

Entrance door hingesRugged hinges for high door leaf weights offer increased security. Also available with additional hinge security plates.

Aluminium floor thresholdsThermally broken aluminium thresholds perfectly close and seal the bottom of house en-trance doors. Suitable for both new buildings and renovation. No condensation on the inside thanks to maximum thermal insulation.

Electric door openersElectric door openers offer a high degree of convenience : The door is released at the push of a button.

Page 309: Lock & Cylinders

WP00333-04-2-2 05/2009 Printed in Germany

BKS GmbHHeidestr. 71D-42549 VelbertTel. + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31

Gretsch-Unitas GmbHBaubeschlägeJohann-Maus-Str. 3D-71254 DitzingenTel. + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93

www.g-u.com